1 //===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis --------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis
11 // engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction
12 // variables in loops.
13 //
14 // There are several aspects to this library.  First is the representation of
15 // scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class.
16 // These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we
17 // can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so
18 // pointer-comparisons for equality are legal.
19 //
20 // One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even
21 // if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node).  If
22 // the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial
23 // recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we
24 // represent it as a SCEVUnknown node.
25 //
26 // In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also
27 // have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a
28 // particular expression.  These folders are capable of using a variety of
29 // rewrite rules to simplify the expressions.
30 //
31 // Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting
32 // higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various
33 // types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc.
34 //
35 // TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement
36 // dependence analysis!
37 //
38 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
39 //
40 // There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis.
41 //
42 //  Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation
43 //  of closed-form functions
44 //  Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima
45 //
46 //  On computational properties of chains of recurrences
47 //  Eugene V. Zima
48 //
49 //  Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization
50 //  Robert A. van Engelen
51 //
52 //  Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers
53 //  Robert A. van Engelen
54 //
55 //  Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and
56 //  induction variable substitution
57 //  MS Thesis, Johnie Birch
58 //
59 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
60 
61 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
62 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
63 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
64 #include "llvm/ADT/ScopeExit.h"
65 #include "llvm/ADT/Sequence.h"
66 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
67 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
68 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
69 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
70 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
71 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
72 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
73 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
74 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
75 #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h"
76 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
77 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
78 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
79 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
80 #include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
81 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h"
82 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
83 #include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h"
84 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
85 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
86 #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
87 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
88 #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
89 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
90 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
91 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
92 #include "llvm/Support/KnownBits.h"
93 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
94 #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
95 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
96 #include <algorithm>
97 using namespace llvm;
98 
99 #define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution"
100 
101 STATISTIC(NumArrayLenItCounts,
102           "Number of trip counts computed with array length");
103 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsComputed,
104           "Number of loops with predictable loop counts");
105 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsNotComputed,
106           "Number of loops without predictable loop counts");
107 STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed,
108           "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force");
109 
110 static cl::opt<unsigned>
111 MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden,
112                         cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will "
113                                  "symbolically execute a constant "
114                                  "derived loop"),
115                         cl::init(100));
116 
117 // FIXME: Enable this with EXPENSIVE_CHECKS when the test suite is clean.
118 static cl::opt<bool>
119 VerifySCEV("verify-scev",
120            cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)"));
121 static cl::opt<bool>
122     VerifySCEVMap("verify-scev-maps",
123                   cl::desc("Verify no dangling value in ScalarEvolution's "
124                            "ExprValueMap (slow)"));
125 
126 static cl::opt<unsigned> MulOpsInlineThreshold(
127     "scev-mulops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
128     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining multiplication operands into a SCEV"),
129     cl::init(32));
130 
131 static cl::opt<unsigned> AddOpsInlineThreshold(
132     "scev-addops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
133     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining addition operands into a SCEV"),
134     cl::init(500));
135 
136 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVCompareDepth(
137     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
138     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV complexity comparisons"),
139     cl::init(32));
140 
141 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth(
142     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-operations-implication-depth", cl::Hidden,
143     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV operations implication analysis"),
144     cl::init(2));
145 
146 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxValueCompareDepth(
147     "scalar-evolution-max-value-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
148     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive value complexity comparisons"),
149     cl::init(2));
150 
151 static cl::opt<unsigned>
152     MaxArithDepth("scalar-evolution-max-arith-depth", cl::Hidden,
153                   cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive arithmetics"),
154                   cl::init(32));
155 
156 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxConstantEvolvingDepth(
157     "scalar-evolution-max-constant-evolving-depth", cl::Hidden,
158     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive constant evolving"), cl::init(32));
159 
160 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
161 //                           SCEV class definitions
162 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
163 
164 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
165 // Implementation of the SCEV class.
166 //
167 
168 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
169 LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void SCEV::dump() const {
170   print(dbgs());
171   dbgs() << '\n';
172 }
173 #endif
174 
175 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
176   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
177   case scConstant:
178     cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
179     return;
180   case scTruncate: {
181     const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(this);
182     const SCEV *Op = Trunc->getOperand();
183     OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
184        << *Trunc->getType() << ")";
185     return;
186   }
187   case scZeroExtend: {
188     const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(this);
189     const SCEV *Op = ZExt->getOperand();
190     OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
191        << *ZExt->getType() << ")";
192     return;
193   }
194   case scSignExtend: {
195     const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(this);
196     const SCEV *Op = SExt->getOperand();
197     OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
198        << *SExt->getType() << ")";
199     return;
200   }
201   case scAddRecExpr: {
202     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this);
203     OS << "{" << *AR->getOperand(0);
204     for (unsigned i = 1, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
205       OS << ",+," << *AR->getOperand(i);
206     OS << "}<";
207     if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
208       OS << "nuw><";
209     if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
210       OS << "nsw><";
211     if (AR->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
212         !AR->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags)(FlagNUW | FlagNSW)))
213       OS << "nw><";
214     AR->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
215     OS << ">";
216     return;
217   }
218   case scAddExpr:
219   case scMulExpr:
220   case scUMaxExpr:
221   case scSMaxExpr: {
222     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this);
223     const char *OpStr = nullptr;
224     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
225     case scAddExpr: OpStr = " + "; break;
226     case scMulExpr: OpStr = " * "; break;
227     case scUMaxExpr: OpStr = " umax "; break;
228     case scSMaxExpr: OpStr = " smax "; break;
229     }
230     OS << "(";
231     for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
232          I != E; ++I) {
233       OS << **I;
234       if (std::next(I) != E)
235         OS << OpStr;
236     }
237     OS << ")";
238     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
239     case scAddExpr:
240     case scMulExpr:
241       if (NAry->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
242         OS << "<nuw>";
243       if (NAry->hasNoSignedWrap())
244         OS << "<nsw>";
245     }
246     return;
247   }
248   case scUDivExpr: {
249     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this);
250     OS << "(" << *UDiv->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv->getRHS() << ")";
251     return;
252   }
253   case scUnknown: {
254     const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(this);
255     Type *AllocTy;
256     if (U->isSizeOf(AllocTy)) {
257       OS << "sizeof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
258       return;
259     }
260     if (U->isAlignOf(AllocTy)) {
261       OS << "alignof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
262       return;
263     }
264 
265     Type *CTy;
266     Constant *FieldNo;
267     if (U->isOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo)) {
268       OS << "offsetof(" << *CTy << ", ";
269       FieldNo->printAsOperand(OS, false);
270       OS << ")";
271       return;
272     }
273 
274     // Otherwise just print it normally.
275     U->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
276     return;
277   }
278   case scCouldNotCompute:
279     OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***";
280     return;
281   }
282   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
283 }
284 
285 Type *SCEV::getType() const {
286   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
287   case scConstant:
288     return cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getType();
289   case scTruncate:
290   case scZeroExtend:
291   case scSignExtend:
292     return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->getType();
293   case scAddRecExpr:
294   case scMulExpr:
295   case scUMaxExpr:
296   case scSMaxExpr:
297     return cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this)->getType();
298   case scAddExpr:
299     return cast<SCEVAddExpr>(this)->getType();
300   case scUDivExpr:
301     return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->getType();
302   case scUnknown:
303     return cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getType();
304   case scCouldNotCompute:
305     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
306   }
307   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
308 }
309 
310 bool SCEV::isZero() const {
311   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
312     return SC->getValue()->isZero();
313   return false;
314 }
315 
316 bool SCEV::isOne() const {
317   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
318     return SC->getValue()->isOne();
319   return false;
320 }
321 
322 bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const {
323   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
324     return SC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue();
325   return false;
326 }
327 
328 bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const {
329   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this);
330   if (!Mul) return false;
331 
332   // If there is a constant factor, it will be first.
333   const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0));
334   if (!SC) return false;
335 
336   // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V).
337   return SC->getAPInt().isNegative();
338 }
339 
340 SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() :
341   SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute) {}
342 
343 bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) {
344   return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute;
345 }
346 
347 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) {
348   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
349   ID.AddInteger(scConstant);
350   ID.AddPointer(V);
351   void *IP = nullptr;
352   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
353   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V);
354   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
355   return S;
356 }
357 
358 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt &Val) {
359   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val));
360 }
361 
362 const SCEV *
363 ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) {
364   IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty));
365   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned));
366 }
367 
368 SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
369                            unsigned SCEVTy, const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
370   : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy), Op(op), Ty(ty) {}
371 
372 SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
373                                    const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
374   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) {
375   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
376          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
377          "Cannot truncate non-integer value!");
378 }
379 
380 SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
381                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
382   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) {
383   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
384          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
385          "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!");
386 }
387 
388 SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
389                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
390   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) {
391   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
392          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
393          "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!");
394 }
395 
396 void SCEVUnknown::deleted() {
397   // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
398   SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
399 
400   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
401   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
402 
403   // Release the value.
404   setValPtr(nullptr);
405 }
406 
407 void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *New) {
408   // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
409   SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
410 
411   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
412   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
413 
414   // Update this SCEVUnknown to point to the new value. This is needed
415   // because there may still be outstanding SCEVs which still point to
416   // this SCEVUnknown.
417   setValPtr(New);
418 }
419 
420 bool SCEVUnknown::isSizeOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
421   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
422     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
423       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
424         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
425             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
426             CE->getNumOperands() == 2)
427           if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(1)))
428             if (CI->isOne()) {
429               AllocTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())
430                                  ->getElementType();
431               return true;
432             }
433 
434   return false;
435 }
436 
437 bool SCEVUnknown::isAlignOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
438   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
439     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
440       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
441         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
442             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
443           Type *Ty =
444             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
445           if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty))
446             if (!STy->isPacked() &&
447                 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
448                 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
449               if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(2)))
450                 if (CI->isOne() &&
451                     STy->getNumElements() == 2 &&
452                     STy->getElementType(0)->isIntegerTy(1)) {
453                   AllocTy = STy->getElementType(1);
454                   return true;
455                 }
456             }
457         }
458 
459   return false;
460 }
461 
462 bool SCEVUnknown::isOffsetOf(Type *&CTy, Constant *&FieldNo) const {
463   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
464     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
465       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
466         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
467             CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
468             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
469             CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
470           Type *Ty =
471             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
472           // Ignore vector types here so that ScalarEvolutionExpander doesn't
473           // emit getelementptrs that index into vectors.
474           if (Ty->isStructTy() || Ty->isArrayTy()) {
475             CTy = Ty;
476             FieldNo = CE->getOperand(2);
477             return true;
478           }
479         }
480 
481   return false;
482 }
483 
484 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
485 //                               SCEV Utilities
486 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
487 
488 /// Compare the two values \p LV and \p RV in terms of their "complexity" where
489 /// "complexity" is a partial (and somewhat ad-hoc) relation used to order
490 /// operands in SCEV expressions.  \p EqCache is a set of pairs of values that
491 /// have been previously deemed to be "equally complex" by this routine.  It is
492 /// intended to avoid exponential time complexity in cases like:
493 ///
494 ///   %a = f(%x, %y)
495 ///   %b = f(%a, %a)
496 ///   %c = f(%b, %b)
497 ///
498 ///   %d = f(%x, %y)
499 ///   %e = f(%d, %d)
500 ///   %f = f(%e, %e)
501 ///
502 ///   CompareValueComplexity(%f, %c)
503 ///
504 /// Since we do not continue running this routine on expression trees once we
505 /// have seen unequal values, there is no need to track them in the cache.
506 static int
507 CompareValueComplexity(SmallSet<std::pair<Value *, Value *>, 8> &EqCache,
508                        const LoopInfo *const LI, Value *LV, Value *RV,
509                        unsigned Depth) {
510   if (Depth > MaxValueCompareDepth || EqCache.count({LV, RV}))
511     return 0;
512 
513   // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander form
514   // GEPs.
515   bool LIsPointer = LV->getType()->isPointerTy(),
516        RIsPointer = RV->getType()->isPointerTy();
517   if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer)
518     return (int)LIsPointer - (int)RIsPointer;
519 
520   // Compare getValueID values.
521   unsigned LID = LV->getValueID(), RID = RV->getValueID();
522   if (LID != RID)
523     return (int)LID - (int)RID;
524 
525   // Sort arguments by their position.
526   if (const auto *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LV)) {
527     const auto *RA = cast<Argument>(RV);
528     unsigned LArgNo = LA->getArgNo(), RArgNo = RA->getArgNo();
529     return (int)LArgNo - (int)RArgNo;
530   }
531 
532   if (const auto *LGV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(LV)) {
533     const auto *RGV = cast<GlobalValue>(RV);
534 
535     const auto IsGVNameSemantic = [&](const GlobalValue *GV) {
536       auto LT = GV->getLinkage();
537       return !(GlobalValue::isPrivateLinkage(LT) ||
538                GlobalValue::isInternalLinkage(LT));
539     };
540 
541     // Use the names to distinguish the two values, but only if the
542     // names are semantically important.
543     if (IsGVNameSemantic(LGV) && IsGVNameSemantic(RGV))
544       return LGV->getName().compare(RGV->getName());
545   }
546 
547   // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand count.  This
548   // is pretty loose.
549   if (const auto *LInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LV)) {
550     const auto *RInst = cast<Instruction>(RV);
551 
552     // Compare loop depths.
553     const BasicBlock *LParent = LInst->getParent(),
554                      *RParent = RInst->getParent();
555     if (LParent != RParent) {
556       unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LParent),
557                RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RParent);
558       if (LDepth != RDepth)
559         return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth;
560     }
561 
562     // Compare the number of operands.
563     unsigned LNumOps = LInst->getNumOperands(),
564              RNumOps = RInst->getNumOperands();
565     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
566       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
567 
568     for (unsigned Idx : seq(0u, LNumOps)) {
569       int Result =
570           CompareValueComplexity(EqCache, LI, LInst->getOperand(Idx),
571                                  RInst->getOperand(Idx), Depth + 1);
572       if (Result != 0)
573         return Result;
574     }
575   }
576 
577   EqCache.insert({LV, RV});
578   return 0;
579 }
580 
581 // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or greater
582 // than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive comparisons to be
583 // more efficient.
584 static int CompareSCEVComplexity(
585     SmallSet<std::pair<const SCEV *, const SCEV *>, 8> &EqCacheSCEV,
586     const LoopInfo *const LI, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
587     DominatorTree &DT, unsigned Depth = 0) {
588   // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check.
589   if (LHS == RHS)
590     return 0;
591 
592   // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType().
593   unsigned LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType();
594   if (LType != RType)
595     return (int)LType - (int)RType;
596 
597   if (Depth > MaxSCEVCompareDepth || EqCacheSCEV.count({LHS, RHS}))
598     return 0;
599   // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering
600   // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent,
601   // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions.
602   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(LType)) {
603   case scUnknown: {
604     const SCEVUnknown *LU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS);
605     const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS);
606 
607     SmallSet<std::pair<Value *, Value *>, 8> EqCache;
608     int X = CompareValueComplexity(EqCache, LI, LU->getValue(), RU->getValue(),
609                                    Depth + 1);
610     if (X == 0)
611       EqCacheSCEV.insert({LHS, RHS});
612     return X;
613   }
614 
615   case scConstant: {
616     const SCEVConstant *LC = cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS);
617     const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS);
618 
619     // Compare constant values.
620     const APInt &LA = LC->getAPInt();
621     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
622     unsigned LBitWidth = LA.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RA.getBitWidth();
623     if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth)
624       return (int)LBitWidth - (int)RBitWidth;
625     return LA.ult(RA) ? -1 : 1;
626   }
627 
628   case scAddRecExpr: {
629     const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
630     const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
631 
632     // There is always a dominance between two recs that are used by one SCEV,
633     // so we can safely sort recs by loop header dominance. We require such
634     // order in getAddExpr.
635     const Loop *LLoop = LA->getLoop(), *RLoop = RA->getLoop();
636     if (LLoop != RLoop) {
637       const BasicBlock *LHead = LLoop->getHeader(), *RHead = RLoop->getHeader();
638       assert(LHead != RHead && "Two loops share the same header?");
639       if (DT.dominates(LHead, RHead))
640         return 1;
641       else
642         assert(DT.dominates(RHead, LHead) &&
643                "No dominance between recurrences used by one SCEV?");
644       return -1;
645     }
646 
647     // Addrec complexity grows with operand count.
648     unsigned LNumOps = LA->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RA->getNumOperands();
649     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
650       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
651 
652     // Lexicographically compare.
653     for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
654       int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, LI, LA->getOperand(i),
655                                     RA->getOperand(i), DT,  Depth + 1);
656       if (X != 0)
657         return X;
658     }
659     EqCacheSCEV.insert({LHS, RHS});
660     return 0;
661   }
662 
663   case scAddExpr:
664   case scMulExpr:
665   case scSMaxExpr:
666   case scUMaxExpr: {
667     const SCEVNAryExpr *LC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(LHS);
668     const SCEVNAryExpr *RC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS);
669 
670     // Lexicographically compare n-ary expressions.
671     unsigned LNumOps = LC->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RC->getNumOperands();
672     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
673       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
674 
675     for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
676       if (i >= RNumOps)
677         return 1;
678       int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, LI, LC->getOperand(i),
679                                     RC->getOperand(i), DT, Depth + 1);
680       if (X != 0)
681         return X;
682     }
683     EqCacheSCEV.insert({LHS, RHS});
684     return 0;
685   }
686 
687   case scUDivExpr: {
688     const SCEVUDivExpr *LC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS);
689     const SCEVUDivExpr *RC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(RHS);
690 
691     // Lexicographically compare udiv expressions.
692     int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, LI, LC->getLHS(), RC->getLHS(),
693                                   DT, Depth + 1);
694     if (X != 0)
695       return X;
696     X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, LI, LC->getRHS(), RC->getRHS(), DT,
697                               Depth + 1);
698     if (X == 0)
699       EqCacheSCEV.insert({LHS, RHS});
700     return X;
701   }
702 
703   case scTruncate:
704   case scZeroExtend:
705   case scSignExtend: {
706     const SCEVCastExpr *LC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(LHS);
707     const SCEVCastExpr *RC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(RHS);
708 
709     // Compare cast expressions by operand.
710     int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, LI, LC->getOperand(),
711                                   RC->getOperand(), DT, Depth + 1);
712     if (X == 0)
713       EqCacheSCEV.insert({LHS, RHS});
714     return X;
715   }
716 
717   case scCouldNotCompute:
718     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
719   }
720   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
721 }
722 
723 /// Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their complexity, and group
724 /// objects of the same complexity together by value.  When this routine is
725 /// finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are consecutive and that
726 /// complexity is monotonically increasing.
727 ///
728 /// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic
729 /// results from this routine.  In other words, we don't want the results of
730 /// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to
731 /// land in memory.
732 ///
733 static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
734                               LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree &DT) {
735   if (Ops.size() < 2) return;  // Noop
736 
737   SmallSet<std::pair<const SCEV *, const SCEV *>, 8> EqCache;
738   if (Ops.size() == 2) {
739     // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple.
740     // Special case it.
741     const SCEV *&LHS = Ops[0], *&RHS = Ops[1];
742     if (CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCache, LI, RHS, LHS, DT) < 0)
743       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
744     return;
745   }
746 
747   // Do the rough sort by complexity.
748   std::stable_sort(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(),
749                    [&EqCache, LI, &DT](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
750                      return
751                          CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCache, LI, LHS, RHS, DT) < 0;
752                    });
753 
754   // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same
755   // complexity.  Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to
756   // be extremely short in practice.  Note that we take this approach because we
757   // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping.
758   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) {
759     const SCEV *S = Ops[i];
760     unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType();
761 
762     // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this
763     // one, group them.
764     for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) {
765       if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate.
766         // Move it to immediately after i'th element.
767         std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]);
768         ++i;   // no need to rescan it.
769         if (i == e-2) return;  // Done!
770       }
771     }
772   }
773 }
774 
775 // Returns the size of the SCEV S.
776 static inline int sizeOfSCEV(const SCEV *S) {
777   struct FindSCEVSize {
778     int Size;
779     FindSCEVSize() : Size(0) {}
780 
781     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
782       ++Size;
783       // Keep looking at all operands of S.
784       return true;
785     }
786     bool isDone() const {
787       return false;
788     }
789   };
790 
791   FindSCEVSize F;
792   SCEVTraversal<FindSCEVSize> ST(F);
793   ST.visitAll(S);
794   return F.Size;
795 }
796 
797 namespace {
798 
799 struct SCEVDivision : public SCEVVisitor<SCEVDivision, void> {
800 public:
801   // Computes the Quotient and Remainder of the division of Numerator by
802   // Denominator.
803   static void divide(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *Numerator,
804                      const SCEV *Denominator, const SCEV **Quotient,
805                      const SCEV **Remainder) {
806     assert(Numerator && Denominator && "Uninitialized SCEV");
807 
808     SCEVDivision D(SE, Numerator, Denominator);
809 
810     // Check for the trivial case here to avoid having to check for it in the
811     // rest of the code.
812     if (Numerator == Denominator) {
813       *Quotient = D.One;
814       *Remainder = D.Zero;
815       return;
816     }
817 
818     if (Numerator->isZero()) {
819       *Quotient = D.Zero;
820       *Remainder = D.Zero;
821       return;
822     }
823 
824     // A simple case when N/1. The quotient is N.
825     if (Denominator->isOne()) {
826       *Quotient = Numerator;
827       *Remainder = D.Zero;
828       return;
829     }
830 
831     // Split the Denominator when it is a product.
832     if (const SCEVMulExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Denominator)) {
833       const SCEV *Q, *R;
834       *Quotient = Numerator;
835       for (const SCEV *Op : T->operands()) {
836         divide(SE, *Quotient, Op, &Q, &R);
837         *Quotient = Q;
838 
839         // Bail out when the Numerator is not divisible by one of the terms of
840         // the Denominator.
841         if (!R->isZero()) {
842           *Quotient = D.Zero;
843           *Remainder = Numerator;
844           return;
845         }
846       }
847       *Remainder = D.Zero;
848       return;
849     }
850 
851     D.visit(Numerator);
852     *Quotient = D.Quotient;
853     *Remainder = D.Remainder;
854   }
855 
856   // Except in the trivial case described above, we do not know how to divide
857   // Expr by Denominator for the following functions with empty implementation.
858   void visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr *Numerator) {}
859   void visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
860   void visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
861   void visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr *Numerator) {}
862   void visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
863   void visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
864   void visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Numerator) {}
865   void visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Numerator) {}
866 
867   void visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Numerator) {
868     if (const SCEVConstant *D = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Denominator)) {
869       APInt NumeratorVal = Numerator->getAPInt();
870       APInt DenominatorVal = D->getAPInt();
871       uint32_t NumeratorBW = NumeratorVal.getBitWidth();
872       uint32_t DenominatorBW = DenominatorVal.getBitWidth();
873 
874       if (NumeratorBW > DenominatorBW)
875         DenominatorVal = DenominatorVal.sext(NumeratorBW);
876       else if (NumeratorBW < DenominatorBW)
877         NumeratorVal = NumeratorVal.sext(DenominatorBW);
878 
879       APInt QuotientVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
880       APInt RemainderVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
881       APInt::sdivrem(NumeratorVal, DenominatorVal, QuotientVal, RemainderVal);
882       Quotient = SE.getConstant(QuotientVal);
883       Remainder = SE.getConstant(RemainderVal);
884       return;
885     }
886   }
887 
888   void visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Numerator) {
889     const SCEV *StartQ, *StartR, *StepQ, *StepR;
890     if (!Numerator->isAffine())
891       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
892     divide(SE, Numerator->getStart(), Denominator, &StartQ, &StartR);
893     divide(SE, Numerator->getStepRecurrence(SE), Denominator, &StepQ, &StepR);
894     // Bail out if the types do not match.
895     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
896     if (Ty != StartQ->getType() || Ty != StartR->getType() ||
897         Ty != StepQ->getType() || Ty != StepR->getType())
898       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
899     Quotient = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartQ, StepQ, Numerator->getLoop(),
900                                 Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
901     Remainder = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartR, StepR, Numerator->getLoop(),
902                                  Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
903   }
904 
905   void visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Numerator) {
906     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs, Rs;
907     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
908 
909     for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
910       const SCEV *Q, *R;
911       divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
912 
913       // Bail out if types do not match.
914       if (Ty != Q->getType() || Ty != R->getType())
915         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
916 
917       Qs.push_back(Q);
918       Rs.push_back(R);
919     }
920 
921     if (Qs.size() == 1) {
922       Quotient = Qs[0];
923       Remainder = Rs[0];
924       return;
925     }
926 
927     Quotient = SE.getAddExpr(Qs);
928     Remainder = SE.getAddExpr(Rs);
929   }
930 
931   void visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Numerator) {
932     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
933     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
934 
935     bool FoundDenominatorTerm = false;
936     for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
937       // Bail out if types do not match.
938       if (Ty != Op->getType())
939         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
940 
941       if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
942         Qs.push_back(Op);
943         continue;
944       }
945 
946       // Check whether Denominator divides one of the product operands.
947       const SCEV *Q, *R;
948       divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
949       if (!R->isZero()) {
950         Qs.push_back(Op);
951         continue;
952       }
953 
954       // Bail out if types do not match.
955       if (Ty != Q->getType())
956         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
957 
958       FoundDenominatorTerm = true;
959       Qs.push_back(Q);
960     }
961 
962     if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
963       Remainder = Zero;
964       if (Qs.size() == 1)
965         Quotient = Qs[0];
966       else
967         Quotient = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
968       return;
969     }
970 
971     if (!isa<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator))
972       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
973 
974     // The Remainder is obtained by replacing Denominator by 0 in Numerator.
975     ValueToValueMap RewriteMap;
976     RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
977         cast<SCEVConstant>(Zero)->getValue();
978     Remainder = SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
979 
980     if (Remainder->isZero()) {
981       // The Quotient is obtained by replacing Denominator by 1 in Numerator.
982       RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
983           cast<SCEVConstant>(One)->getValue();
984       Quotient =
985           SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
986       return;
987     }
988 
989     // Quotient is (Numerator - Remainder) divided by Denominator.
990     const SCEV *Q, *R;
991     const SCEV *Diff = SE.getMinusSCEV(Numerator, Remainder);
992     // This SCEV does not seem to simplify: fail the division here.
993     if (sizeOfSCEV(Diff) > sizeOfSCEV(Numerator))
994       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
995     divide(SE, Diff, Denominator, &Q, &R);
996     if (R != Zero)
997       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
998     Quotient = Q;
999   }
1000 
1001 private:
1002   SCEVDivision(ScalarEvolution &S, const SCEV *Numerator,
1003                const SCEV *Denominator)
1004       : SE(S), Denominator(Denominator) {
1005     Zero = SE.getZero(Denominator->getType());
1006     One = SE.getOne(Denominator->getType());
1007 
1008     // We generally do not know how to divide Expr by Denominator. We
1009     // initialize the division to a "cannot divide" state to simplify the rest
1010     // of the code.
1011     cannotDivide(Numerator);
1012   }
1013 
1014   // Convenience function for giving up on the division. We set the quotient to
1015   // be equal to zero and the remainder to be equal to the numerator.
1016   void cannotDivide(const SCEV *Numerator) {
1017     Quotient = Zero;
1018     Remainder = Numerator;
1019   }
1020 
1021   ScalarEvolution &SE;
1022   const SCEV *Denominator, *Quotient, *Remainder, *Zero, *One;
1023 };
1024 
1025 }
1026 
1027 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1028 //                      Simple SCEV method implementations
1029 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1030 
1031 /// Compute BC(It, K).  The result has width W.  Assume, K > 0.
1032 static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K,
1033                                        ScalarEvolution &SE,
1034                                        Type *ResultTy) {
1035   // Handle the simplest case efficiently.
1036   if (K == 1)
1037     return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy);
1038 
1039   // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K):
1040   //
1041   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K!
1042   //
1043   // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value.  We must be prepared for
1044   // overflow.  Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is
1045   // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W.  Unfortunately, division isn't
1046   // safe in modular arithmetic.
1047   //
1048   // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses
1049   // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in
1050   // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is
1051   // exponentiation:
1052   //
1053   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T)
1054   //
1055   // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula.  However,
1056   // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently.  The trick is that
1057   // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular
1058   // arithmetic.  To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have
1059   // to do is multiply by the inverse.  Therefore, this step can be done at
1060   // width W.
1061   //
1062   // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T.  The way this
1063   // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T
1064   // bits.  This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then,
1065   // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift
1066   // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate.  Extra bits are okay; they'll get
1067   // truncated out after the division by 2^T.
1068   //
1069   // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique
1070   // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits,
1071   // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires
1072   // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts.
1073   //
1074   // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation
1075   // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows,
1076   // the result must be zero anyway.  We prefer here to do it in the width of
1077   // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen
1078   // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less
1079   // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native
1080   // register width.
1081   //
1082   // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before
1083   // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as
1084   // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires
1085   // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets
1086   // much more complicated for K > 3.)
1087 
1088   // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative,
1089   // but it probably doesn't matter.
1090   if (K > 1000)
1091     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
1092 
1093   unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy);
1094 
1095   // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before
1096   // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow.
1097   // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom
1098   // W bits of the result.
1099   APInt OddFactorial(W, 1);
1100   unsigned T = 1;
1101   for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) {
1102     APInt Mult(W, i);
1103     unsigned TwoFactors = Mult.countTrailingZeros();
1104     T += TwoFactors;
1105     Mult.lshrInPlace(TwoFactors);
1106     OddFactorial *= Mult;
1107   }
1108 
1109   // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step
1110   unsigned CalculationBits = W + T;
1111 
1112   // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W.
1113   APInt DivFactor = APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits, T);
1114 
1115   // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T;
1116   // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by
1117   // K! / 2^T.
1118   APInt Mod = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W+1);
1119   APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.zext(W+1);
1120   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.multiplicativeInverse(Mod);
1121   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.trunc(W);
1122 
1123   // Calculate the product, at width T+W
1124   IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(),
1125                                                       CalculationBits);
1126   const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy);
1127   for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) {
1128     const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i));
1129     Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend,
1130                              SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy));
1131   }
1132 
1133   // Divide by 2^T
1134   const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor));
1135 
1136   // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T.
1137 
1138   return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor),
1139                        SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy));
1140 }
1141 
1142 /// Return the value of this chain of recurrences at the specified iteration
1143 /// number.  We can evaluate this recurrence by multiplying each element in the
1144 /// chain by the binomial coefficient corresponding to it.  In other words, we
1145 /// can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as:
1146 ///
1147 ///   A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3)
1148 ///
1149 /// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient.
1150 ///
1151 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It,
1152                                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
1153   const SCEV *Result = getStart();
1154   for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
1155     // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the
1156     // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial
1157     // coefficient.
1158     const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, getType());
1159     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff))
1160       return Coeff;
1161 
1162     Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(getOperand(i), Coeff));
1163   }
1164   return Result;
1165 }
1166 
1167 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1168 //                    SCEV Expression folder implementations
1169 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1170 
1171 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op,
1172                                              Type *Ty) {
1173   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1174          "This is not a truncating conversion!");
1175   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1176          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1177   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1178 
1179   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1180   ID.AddInteger(scTruncate);
1181   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1182   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1183   void *IP = nullptr;
1184   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1185 
1186   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1187   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1188     return getConstant(
1189       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1190 
1191   // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x)
1192   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op))
1193     return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty);
1194 
1195   // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1196   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1197     return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty);
1198 
1199   // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1200   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1201     return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
1202 
1203   // trunc(x1+x2+...+xN) --> trunc(x1)+trunc(x2)+...+trunc(xN) if we can
1204   // eliminate all the truncates, or we replace other casts with truncates.
1205   if (const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1206     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1207     bool hasTrunc = false;
1208     for (unsigned i = 0, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) {
1209       const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SA->getOperand(i), Ty);
1210       if (!isa<SCEVCastExpr>(SA->getOperand(i)))
1211         hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
1212       Operands.push_back(S);
1213     }
1214     if (!hasTrunc)
1215       return getAddExpr(Operands);
1216     UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP);  // Mutates IP, returns NULL.
1217   }
1218 
1219   // trunc(x1*x2*...*xN) --> trunc(x1)*trunc(x2)*...*trunc(xN) if we can
1220   // eliminate all the truncates, or we replace other casts with truncates.
1221   if (const SCEVMulExpr *SM = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) {
1222     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1223     bool hasTrunc = false;
1224     for (unsigned i = 0, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) {
1225       const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SM->getOperand(i), Ty);
1226       if (!isa<SCEVCastExpr>(SM->getOperand(i)))
1227         hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
1228       Operands.push_back(S);
1229     }
1230     if (!hasTrunc)
1231       return getMulExpr(Operands);
1232     UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP);  // Mutates IP, returns NULL.
1233   }
1234 
1235   // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands.
1236   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
1237     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1238     for (const SCEV *Op : AddRec->operands())
1239       Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(Op, Ty));
1240     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
1241   }
1242 
1243   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse
1244   // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have
1245   // made any changes which would invalidate it.
1246   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1247                                                  Op, Ty);
1248   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1249   return S;
1250 }
1251 
1252 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1253 // signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the
1254 // loop does not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1255 static const SCEV *getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1256                                                  ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1257                                                  ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1258   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1259   if (SE->isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1260     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
1261     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) -
1262                            SE->getSignedRangeMax(Step));
1263   }
1264   if (SE->isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1265     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
1266     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1267                            SE->getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1268   }
1269   return nullptr;
1270 }
1271 
1272 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1273 // unsigned overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does
1274 // not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1275 static const SCEV *getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1276                                                    ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1277                                                    ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1278   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1279   *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
1280 
1281   return SE->getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
1282                          SE->getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
1283 }
1284 
1285 namespace {
1286 
1287 struct ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1288   typedef const SCEV *(ScalarEvolution::*GetExtendExprTy)(
1289       const SCEV *, Type *, ScalarEvolution::ExtendCacheTy &Cache);
1290 };
1291 
1292 // Used to make code generic over signed and unsigned overflow.
1293 template <typename ExtendOp> struct ExtendOpTraits {
1294   // Members present:
1295   //
1296   // static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType;
1297   //
1298   // static const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1299   //
1300   // static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1301   //                                           ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1302   //                                           ScalarEvolution *SE);
1303 };
1304 
1305 template <>
1306 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVSignExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1307   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNSW;
1308 
1309   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1310 
1311   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1312                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1313                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1314     return getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1315   }
1316 };
1317 
1318 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy
1319     ExtendOpTraits<SCEVSignExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr =
1320         &ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExprCached;
1321 
1322 template <>
1323 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVZeroExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1324   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNUW;
1325 
1326   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1327 
1328   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1329                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1330                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1331     return getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1332   }
1333 };
1334 
1335 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy
1336     ExtendOpTraits<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr =
1337         &ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExprCached;
1338 }
1339 
1340 // The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed/unsigned wrap or something
1341 // close to it. Typically, if we can prove NSW/NUW for AR, then we can just as
1342 // easily prove NSW/NUW for its preincrement or postincrement sibling. This
1343 // allows normalizing a sign/zero extended AddRec as such: {sext/zext(Step +
1344 // Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext/zext(Start),+,Step} As a result, the
1345 // expression "Step + sext/zext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with
1346 // "sext/zext(PostIncAR)"
1347 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1348 static const SCEV *getPreStartForExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1349                                         ScalarEvolution *SE,
1350                                         ScalarEvolution::ExtendCacheTy &Cache) {
1351   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1352   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1353 
1354   const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1355   const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1356   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE);
1357 
1358   // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry.
1359   const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Start);
1360   if (!SA)
1361     return nullptr;
1362 
1363   // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV
1364   // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty
1365   // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list.
1366   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> DiffOps;
1367   for (const SCEV *Op : SA->operands())
1368     if (Op != Step)
1369       DiffOps.push_back(Op);
1370 
1371   if (DiffOps.size() == SA->getNumOperands())
1372     return nullptr;
1373 
1374   // Try to prove `WrapType` (SCEV::FlagNSW or SCEV::FlagNUW) on `PreStart` +
1375   // `Step`:
1376 
1377   // 1. NSW/NUW flags on the step increment.
1378   auto PreStartFlags =
1379     ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(SA->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNUW);
1380   const SCEV *PreStart = SE->getAddExpr(DiffOps, PreStartFlags);
1381   const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(
1382       SE->getAddRecExpr(PreStart, Step, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
1383 
1384   // "{S,+,X} is <nsw>/<nuw>" and "the backedge is taken at least once" implies
1385   // "S+X does not sign/unsign-overflow".
1386   //
1387 
1388   const SCEV *BECount = SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1389   if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType) &&
1390       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount) && SE->isKnownPositive(BECount))
1391     return PreStart;
1392 
1393   // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression.
1394   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1395   Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1396   const SCEV *OperandExtendedStart =
1397       SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, WideTy, Cache),
1398                      (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Step, WideTy, Cache));
1399   if ((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Start, WideTy, Cache) == OperandExtendedStart) {
1400     if (PreAR && AR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {
1401       // If we know `AR` == {`PreStart`+`Step`,+,`Step`} is `WrapType` (FlagNSW
1402       // or FlagNUW) and that `PreStart` + `Step` is `WrapType` too, then
1403       // `PreAR` == {`PreStart`,+,`Step`} is also `WrapType`.  Cache this fact.
1404       const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(PreAR)->setNoWrapFlags(WrapType);
1405     }
1406     return PreStart;
1407   }
1408 
1409   // 3. Loop precondition.
1410   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1411   const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
1412       ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, SE);
1413 
1414   if (OverflowLimit &&
1415       SE->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, PreStart, OverflowLimit))
1416     return PreStart;
1417 
1418   return nullptr;
1419 }
1420 
1421 // Get the normalized zero or sign extended expression for this AddRec's Start.
1422 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1423 static const SCEV *getExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1424                                         ScalarEvolution *SE,
1425                                         ScalarEvolution::ExtendCacheTy &Cache) {
1426   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1427 
1428   const SCEV *PreStart = getPreStartForExtend<ExtendOpTy>(AR, Ty, SE, Cache);
1429   if (!PreStart)
1430     return (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStart(), Ty, Cache);
1431 
1432   return SE->getAddExpr(
1433       (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE), Ty, Cache),
1434       (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, Ty, Cache));
1435 }
1436 
1437 // Try to prove away overflow by looking at "nearby" add recurrences.  A
1438 // motivating example for this rule: if we know `{0,+,4}` is `ult` `-1` and it
1439 // does not itself wrap then we can conclude that `{1,+,4}` is `nuw`.
1440 //
1441 // Formally:
1442 //
1443 //     {S,+,X} == {S-T,+,X} + T
1444 //  => Ext({S,+,X}) == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T)
1445 //
1446 // If ({S-T,+,X} + T) does not overflow  ... (1)
1447 //
1448 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T) == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T)
1449 //
1450 // If {S-T,+,X} does not overflow  ... (2)
1451 //
1452 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T) == {Ext(S-T),+,Ext(X)} + Ext(T)
1453 //      == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)}
1454 //
1455 // If (S-T)+T does not overflow  ... (3)
1456 //
1457 //  RHS == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)} == {Ext(S-T+T),+,Ext(X)}
1458 //      == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)} == LHS
1459 //
1460 // Thus, if (1), (2) and (3) are true for some T, then
1461 //   Ext({S,+,X}) == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)}
1462 //
1463 // (3) is implied by (1) -- "(S-T)+T does not overflow" is simply "({S-T,+,X}+T)
1464 // does not overflow" restricted to the 0th iteration.  Therefore we only need
1465 // to check for (1) and (2).
1466 //
1467 // In the current context, S is `Start`, X is `Step`, Ext is `ExtendOpTy` and T
1468 // is `Delta` (defined below).
1469 //
1470 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1471 bool ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapByVaryingStart(const SCEV *Start,
1472                                                 const SCEV *Step,
1473                                                 const Loop *L) {
1474   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1475 
1476   // We restrict `Start` to a constant to prevent SCEV from spending too much
1477   // time here.  It is correct (but more expensive) to continue with a
1478   // non-constant `Start` and do a general SCEV subtraction to compute
1479   // `PreStart` below.
1480   //
1481   const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
1482   if (!StartC)
1483     return false;
1484 
1485   APInt StartAI = StartC->getAPInt();
1486 
1487   for (unsigned Delta : {-2, -1, 1, 2}) {
1488     const SCEV *PreStart = getConstant(StartAI - Delta);
1489 
1490     FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1491     ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
1492     ID.AddPointer(PreStart);
1493     ID.AddPointer(Step);
1494     ID.AddPointer(L);
1495     void *IP = nullptr;
1496     const auto *PreAR =
1497       static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
1498 
1499     // Give up if we don't already have the add recurrence we need because
1500     // actually constructing an add recurrence is relatively expensive.
1501     if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {  // proves (2)
1502       const SCEV *DeltaS = getConstant(StartC->getType(), Delta);
1503       ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
1504       const SCEV *Limit = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(
1505           DeltaS, &Pred, this);
1506       if (Limit && isKnownPredicate(Pred, PreAR, Limit))  // proves (1)
1507         return true;
1508     }
1509   }
1510 
1511   return false;
1512 }
1513 
1514 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty) {
1515   // Use the local cache to prevent exponential behavior of
1516   // getZeroExtendExprImpl.
1517   ExtendCacheTy Cache;
1518   return getZeroExtendExprCached(Op, Ty, Cache);
1519 }
1520 
1521 /// Query \p Cache before calling getZeroExtendExprImpl. If there is no
1522 /// related entry in the \p Cache, call getZeroExtendExprImpl and save
1523 /// the result in the \p Cache.
1524 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExprCached(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty,
1525                                                      ExtendCacheTy &Cache) {
1526   auto It = Cache.find({Op, Ty});
1527   if (It != Cache.end())
1528     return It->second;
1529   const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExprImpl(Op, Ty, Cache);
1530   auto InsertResult = Cache.insert({{Op, Ty}, ZExt});
1531   assert(InsertResult.second && "Expect the key was not in the cache");
1532   (void)InsertResult;
1533   return ZExt;
1534 }
1535 
1536 /// The real implementation of getZeroExtendExpr.
1537 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExprImpl(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty,
1538                                                    ExtendCacheTy &Cache) {
1539   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1540          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1541   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1542          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1543   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1544 
1545   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1546   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1547     return getConstant(
1548         cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getZExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1549 
1550   // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1551   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1552     return getZeroExtendExprCached(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Cache);
1553 
1554   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1555   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1556   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1557   ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend);
1558   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1559   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1560   void *IP = nullptr;
1561   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1562 
1563   // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1564   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1565     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If
1566     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1567     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1568     ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(X);
1569     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1570     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1571     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).zeroExtend(NewBits).contains(
1572             CR.zextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1573       return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X, Ty);
1574   }
1575 
1576   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1577   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the
1578   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1579   // this:  for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1580   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1581     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1582       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1583       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1584       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1585       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1586 
1587       if (!AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1588         auto NewFlags = proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR);
1589         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(NewFlags);
1590       }
1591 
1592       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1593       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1594       if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
1595         return getAddRecExpr(
1596             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Cache),
1597             getZeroExtendExprCached(Step, Ty, Cache), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1598 
1599       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1600       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1601       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1602       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1603       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1604       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1605       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1606       // that value once it has finished.
1607       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1608       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1609         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
1610         // overflow.
1611 
1612         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1613         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1614         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1615           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
1616         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
1617           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
1618         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1619           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1620           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow.
1621           const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step);
1622           const SCEV *ZAdd =
1623               getZeroExtendExprCached(getAddExpr(Start, ZMul), WideTy, Cache);
1624           const SCEV *WideStart = getZeroExtendExprCached(Start, WideTy, Cache);
1625           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1626               getZeroExtendExprCached(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy, Cache);
1627           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd = getAddExpr(
1628               WideStart, getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, getZeroExtendExprCached(
1629                                                         Step, WideTy, Cache)));
1630           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1631             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1632             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1633             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1634             return getAddRecExpr(
1635                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Cache),
1636                 getZeroExtendExprCached(Step, Ty, Cache), L,
1637                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1638           }
1639           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed.
1640           // This covers loops that count down.
1641           OperandExtendedAdd =
1642             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1643                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1644                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
1645           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1646             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1647             // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap.
1648             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1649             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1650             return getAddRecExpr(
1651                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Cache),
1652                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1653           }
1654         }
1655       }
1656 
1657       // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
1658       // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
1659       // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
1660       // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
1661       // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
1662       // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
1663       // doing extra work that may not pay off.
1664       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) || HasGuards ||
1665           !AC.assumptions().empty()) {
1666         // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc
1667         // value the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by
1668         // a comparison with the start value and the backedge is
1669         // guarded by a comparison with the post-inc value, the addrec
1670         // is safe.
1671         if (isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1672           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
1673                                       getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
1674           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) ||
1675               (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Start, N) &&
1676                isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT,
1677                                            AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) {
1678             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this
1679             // AddRec.
1680             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1681             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1682             return getAddRecExpr(
1683                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Cache),
1684                 getZeroExtendExprCached(Step, Ty, Cache), L,
1685                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1686           }
1687         } else if (isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1688           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1689                                       getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1690           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) ||
1691               (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Start, N) &&
1692                isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT,
1693                                            AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) {
1694             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this
1695             // AddRec.  Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it
1696             // still can't self-wrap.
1697             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1698             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1699             return getAddRecExpr(
1700                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Cache),
1701                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1702           }
1703         }
1704       }
1705 
1706       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
1707         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1708         return getAddRecExpr(
1709             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Cache),
1710             getZeroExtendExprCached(Step, Ty, Cache), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1711       }
1712     }
1713 
1714   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1715     // zext((A + B + ...)<nuw>) --> (zext(A) + zext(B) + ...)<nuw>
1716     if (SA->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1717       // If the addition does not unsign overflow then we can, by definition,
1718       // commute the zero extension with the addition operation.
1719       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1720       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1721         Ops.push_back(getZeroExtendExprCached(Op, Ty, Cache));
1722       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNUW);
1723     }
1724   }
1725 
1726   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
1727   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
1728   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1729   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1730                                                    Op, Ty);
1731   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1732   return S;
1733 }
1734 
1735 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty) {
1736   // Use the local cache to prevent exponential behavior of
1737   // getSignExtendExprImpl.
1738   ExtendCacheTy Cache;
1739   return getSignExtendExprCached(Op, Ty, Cache);
1740 }
1741 
1742 /// Query \p Cache before calling getSignExtendExprImpl. If there is no
1743 /// related entry in the \p Cache, call getSignExtendExprImpl and save
1744 /// the result in the \p Cache.
1745 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExprCached(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty,
1746                                                      ExtendCacheTy &Cache) {
1747   auto It = Cache.find({Op, Ty});
1748   if (It != Cache.end())
1749     return It->second;
1750   const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExprImpl(Op, Ty, Cache);
1751   auto InsertResult = Cache.insert({{Op, Ty}, SExt});
1752   assert(InsertResult.second && "Expect the key was not in the cache");
1753   (void)InsertResult;
1754   return SExt;
1755 }
1756 
1757 /// The real implementation of getSignExtendExpr.
1758 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExprImpl(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty,
1759                                                    ExtendCacheTy &Cache) {
1760   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1761          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1762   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1763          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1764   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1765 
1766   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1767   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1768     return getConstant(
1769         cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1770 
1771   // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x)
1772   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1773     return getSignExtendExprCached(SS->getOperand(), Ty, Cache);
1774 
1775   // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1776   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1777     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
1778 
1779   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1780   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1781   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1782   ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend);
1783   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1784   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1785   void *IP = nullptr;
1786   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1787 
1788   // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1789   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1790     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If
1791     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1792     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1793     ConstantRange CR = getSignedRange(X);
1794     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1795     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1796     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).signExtend(NewBits).contains(
1797             CR.sextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1798       return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X, Ty);
1799   }
1800 
1801   // sext(C1 + (C2 * x)) --> C1 + sext(C2 * x) if C1 < C2
1802   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1803     if (SA->getNumOperands() == 2) {
1804       auto *SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0));
1805       auto *SMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(SA->getOperand(1));
1806       if (SMul && SC1) {
1807         if (auto *SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SMul->getOperand(0))) {
1808           const APInt &C1 = SC1->getAPInt();
1809           const APInt &C2 = SC2->getAPInt();
1810           if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() &&
1811               C2.ugt(C1) && C2.isPowerOf2())
1812             return getAddExpr(getSignExtendExprCached(SC1, Ty, Cache),
1813                               getSignExtendExprCached(SMul, Ty, Cache));
1814         }
1815       }
1816     }
1817 
1818     // sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
1819     if (SA->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1820       // If the addition does not sign overflow then we can, by definition,
1821       // commute the sign extension with the addition operation.
1822       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1823       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1824         Ops.push_back(getSignExtendExprCached(Op, Ty, Cache));
1825       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNSW);
1826     }
1827   }
1828   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1829   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the
1830   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1831   // this:  for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1832   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1833     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1834       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1835       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1836       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1837       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1838 
1839       if (!AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1840         auto NewFlags = proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR);
1841         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(NewFlags);
1842       }
1843 
1844       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1845       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1846       if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
1847         return getAddRecExpr(
1848             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Cache),
1849             getSignExtendExprCached(Step, Ty, Cache), L, SCEV::FlagNSW);
1850 
1851       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1852       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1853       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1854       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1855       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1856       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1857       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1858       // that value once it has finished.
1859       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1860       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1861         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
1862         // overflow.
1863 
1864         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1865         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1866         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1867           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
1868         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
1869           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
1870         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1871           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1872           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow.
1873           const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step);
1874           const SCEV *SAdd =
1875               getSignExtendExprCached(getAddExpr(Start, SMul), WideTy, Cache);
1876           const SCEV *WideStart = getSignExtendExprCached(Start, WideTy, Cache);
1877           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1878               getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy);
1879           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd = getAddExpr(
1880               WideStart, getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, getSignExtendExprCached(
1881                                                         Step, WideTy, Cache)));
1882           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1883             // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1884             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1885             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1886             return getAddRecExpr(
1887                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Cache),
1888                 getSignExtendExprCached(Step, Ty, Cache), L,
1889                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1890           }
1891           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned.
1892           // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step.
1893           OperandExtendedAdd =
1894             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1895                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1896                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
1897           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1898             // If AR wraps around then
1899             //
1900             //    abs(Step) * MaxBECount > unsigned-max(AR->getType())
1901             // => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd
1902             //
1903             // Thus (AR is not NW => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd) <=>
1904             // (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd => AR is NW)
1905 
1906             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1907 
1908             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1909             return getAddRecExpr(
1910                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Cache),
1911                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1912           }
1913         }
1914       }
1915 
1916       // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
1917       // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
1918       // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
1919       // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
1920       // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
1921       // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
1922       // doing extra work that may not pay off.
1923 
1924       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) || HasGuards ||
1925           !AC.assumptions().empty()) {
1926         // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc
1927         // value the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by
1928         // a comparison with the start value and the backedge is
1929         // guarded by a comparison with the post-inc value, the addrec
1930         // is safe.
1931         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1932         const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
1933             getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, this);
1934         if (OverflowLimit &&
1935             (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR, OverflowLimit) ||
1936              (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, Start, OverflowLimit) &&
1937               isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR->getPostIncExpr(*this),
1938                                           OverflowLimit)))) {
1939           // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, then propagate NSW to the wide AddRec.
1940           const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1941           return getAddRecExpr(
1942               getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Cache),
1943               getSignExtendExprCached(Step, Ty, Cache), L,
1944               AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1945         }
1946       }
1947 
1948       // If Start and Step are constants, check if we can apply this
1949       // transformation:
1950       // sext{C1,+,C2} --> C1 + sext{0,+,C2} if C1 < C2
1951       auto *SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
1952       auto *SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
1953       if (SC1 && SC2) {
1954         const APInt &C1 = SC1->getAPInt();
1955         const APInt &C2 = SC2->getAPInt();
1956         if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.ugt(C1) &&
1957             C2.isPowerOf2()) {
1958           Start = getSignExtendExprCached(Start, Ty, Cache);
1959           const SCEV *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(getZero(AR->getType()), Step, L,
1960                                             AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1961           return getAddExpr(Start, getSignExtendExprCached(NewAR, Ty, Cache));
1962         }
1963       }
1964 
1965       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
1966         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1967         return getAddRecExpr(
1968             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Cache),
1969             getSignExtendExprCached(Step, Ty, Cache), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1970       }
1971     }
1972 
1973   // If the input value is provably positive and we could not simplify
1974   // away the sext build a zext instead.
1975   if (isKnownNonNegative(Op))
1976     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
1977 
1978   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
1979   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
1980   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1981   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1982                                                    Op, Ty);
1983   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1984   return S;
1985 }
1986 
1987 /// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with
1988 /// unspecified bits out to the given type.
1989 ///
1990 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
1991                                               Type *Ty) {
1992   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1993          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1994   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1995          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1996   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1997 
1998   // Sign-extend negative constants.
1999   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
2000     if (SC->getAPInt().isNegative())
2001       return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2002 
2003   // Peel off a truncate cast.
2004   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
2005     const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand();
2006     if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
2007       return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty);
2008     return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty);
2009   }
2010 
2011   // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2012   const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2013   if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt))
2014     return ZExt;
2015 
2016   // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2017   const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2018   if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt))
2019     return SExt;
2020 
2021   // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec.
2022   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
2023     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
2024     for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
2025       Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(Op, Ty));
2026     return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
2027   }
2028 
2029   // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value.
2030   if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op))
2031     return SExt;
2032 
2033   // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value.
2034   return ZExt;
2035 }
2036 
2037 /// Process the given Ops list, which is a list of operands to be added under
2038 /// the given scale, update the given map. This is a helper function for
2039 /// getAddRecExpr. As an example of what it does, given a sequence of operands
2040 /// that would form an add expression like this:
2041 ///
2042 ///    m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * (q + m + 29)))) + r + (-1 * r)
2043 ///
2044 /// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values:
2045 ///
2046 ///    (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0)
2047 ///
2048 /// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant.
2049 /// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this:
2050 ///
2051 ///    13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B)
2052 ///
2053 /// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in
2054 /// the original operand list.
2055 ///
2056 /// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities
2057 /// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in
2058 /// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and
2059 /// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion.
2060 ///
2061 static bool
2062 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> &M,
2063                              SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps,
2064                              APInt &AccumulatedConstant,
2065                              const SCEV *const *Ops, size_t NumOperands,
2066                              const APInt &Scale,
2067                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
2068   bool Interesting = false;
2069 
2070   // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first.
2071   unsigned i = 0;
2072   while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
2073     ++i;
2074     // Pull a buried constant out to the outside.
2075     if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero())
2076       Interesting = true;
2077     AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getAPInt();
2078   }
2079 
2080   // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies
2081   // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop.
2082   for (; i != NumOperands; ++i) {
2083     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]);
2084     if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
2085       APInt NewScale =
2086           Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
2087       if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) {
2088         // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse.
2089         const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1));
2090         Interesting |=
2091           CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2092                                        Add->op_begin(), Add->getNumOperands(),
2093                                        NewScale, SE);
2094       } else {
2095         // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update
2096         // the map.
2097         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin()+1, Mul->op_end());
2098         const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps);
2099         auto Pair = M.insert({Key, NewScale});
2100         if (Pair.second) {
2101           NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2102         } else {
2103           Pair.first->second += NewScale;
2104           // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2105           // a folding opportunity.
2106           Interesting = true;
2107         }
2108       }
2109     } else {
2110       // An ordinary operand. Update the map.
2111       std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair =
2112           M.insert({Ops[i], Scale});
2113       if (Pair.second) {
2114         NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2115       } else {
2116         Pair.first->second += Scale;
2117         // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2118         // a folding opportunity.
2119         Interesting = true;
2120       }
2121     }
2122   }
2123 
2124   return Interesting;
2125 }
2126 
2127 // We're trying to construct a SCEV of type `Type' with `Ops' as operands and
2128 // `OldFlags' as can't-wrap behavior.  Infer a more aggressive set of
2129 // can't-overflow flags for the operation if possible.
2130 static SCEV::NoWrapFlags
2131 StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution *SE, SCEVTypes Type,
2132                       const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2133                       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2134   using namespace std::placeholders;
2135   typedef OverflowingBinaryOperator OBO;
2136 
2137   bool CanAnalyze =
2138       Type == scAddExpr || Type == scAddRecExpr || Type == scMulExpr;
2139   (void)CanAnalyze;
2140   assert(CanAnalyze && "don't call from other places!");
2141 
2142   int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW;
2143   SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap =
2144       ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2145 
2146   // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW.
2147   auto IsKnownNonNegative = [&](const SCEV *S) {
2148     return SE->isKnownNonNegative(S);
2149   };
2150 
2151   if (SignOrUnsignWrap == SCEV::FlagNSW && all_of(Ops, IsKnownNonNegative))
2152     Flags =
2153         ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask);
2154 
2155   SignOrUnsignWrap = ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2156 
2157   if (SignOrUnsignWrap != SignOrUnsignMask && Type == scAddExpr &&
2158       Ops.size() == 2 && isa<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2159 
2160     // (A + C) --> (A + C)<nsw> if the addition does not sign overflow
2161     // (A + C) --> (A + C)<nuw> if the addition does not unsign overflow
2162 
2163     const APInt &C = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getAPInt();
2164     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNSW)) {
2165       auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2166           Instruction::Add, C, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
2167       if (NSWRegion.contains(SE->getSignedRange(Ops[1])))
2168         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
2169     }
2170     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNUW)) {
2171       auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2172           Instruction::Add, C, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
2173       if (NUWRegion.contains(SE->getUnsignedRange(Ops[1])))
2174         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2175     }
2176   }
2177 
2178   return Flags;
2179 }
2180 
2181 bool ScalarEvolution::isAvailableAtLoopEntry(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
2182   if (!isLoopInvariant(S, L))
2183     return false;
2184   // If a value depends on a SCEVUnknown which is defined after the loop, we
2185   // conservatively assume that we cannot calculate it at the loop's entry.
2186   struct FindDominatedSCEVUnknown {
2187     bool Found = false;
2188     const Loop *L;
2189     DominatorTree &DT;
2190     LoopInfo &LI;
2191 
2192     FindDominatedSCEVUnknown(const Loop *L, DominatorTree &DT, LoopInfo &LI)
2193         : L(L), DT(DT), LI(LI) {}
2194 
2195     bool checkSCEVUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *SU) {
2196       if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) {
2197         if (DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), I->getParent()))
2198           Found = true;
2199         else
2200           assert(DT.dominates(I->getParent(), L->getHeader()) &&
2201                  "No dominance relationship between SCEV and loop?");
2202       }
2203       return false;
2204     }
2205 
2206     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
2207       switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
2208       case scConstant:
2209         return false;
2210       case scAddRecExpr:
2211       case scTruncate:
2212       case scZeroExtend:
2213       case scSignExtend:
2214       case scAddExpr:
2215       case scMulExpr:
2216       case scUMaxExpr:
2217       case scSMaxExpr:
2218       case scUDivExpr:
2219         return true;
2220       case scUnknown:
2221         return checkSCEVUnknown(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S));
2222       case scCouldNotCompute:
2223         llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
2224       }
2225       return false;
2226     }
2227 
2228     bool isDone() { return Found; }
2229   };
2230 
2231   FindDominatedSCEVUnknown FSU(L, DT, LI);
2232   SCEVTraversal<FindDominatedSCEVUnknown> ST(FSU);
2233   ST.visitAll(S);
2234   return !FSU.Found;
2235 }
2236 
2237 /// Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if possible.
2238 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2239                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
2240                                         unsigned Depth) {
2241   assert(!(Flags & ~(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW)) &&
2242          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2243   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!");
2244   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2245 #ifndef NDEBUG
2246   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2247   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2248     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2249            "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!");
2250 #endif
2251 
2252   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2253   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
2254 
2255   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddExpr, Ops, Flags);
2256 
2257   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2258   unsigned Idx = 0;
2259   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2260     ++Idx;
2261     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
2262     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2263       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2264       Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getAPInt() + RHSC->getAPInt());
2265       if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0];
2266       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2267       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2268     }
2269 
2270     // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off.
2271     if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
2272       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2273       --Idx;
2274     }
2275 
2276     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2277   }
2278 
2279   // Limit recursion calls depth.
2280   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth)
2281     return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
2282 
2283   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than
2284   // once.  If so, merge them together into an multiply expression.  Since we
2285   // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent.
2286   Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType();
2287   bool FoundMatch = false;
2288   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-1; ++i)
2289     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) {      //  X + Y + Y  -->  X + Y*2
2290       // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are.
2291       unsigned Count = 2;
2292       while (i+Count != e && Ops[i+Count] == Ops[i])
2293         ++Count;
2294       // Merge the values into a multiply.
2295       const SCEV *Scale = getConstant(Ty, Count);
2296       const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Scale, Ops[i], SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2297       if (Ops.size() == Count)
2298         return Mul;
2299       Ops[i] = Mul;
2300       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+Count);
2301       --i; e -= Count - 1;
2302       FoundMatch = true;
2303     }
2304   if (FoundMatch)
2305     return getAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
2306 
2307   // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same
2308   // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be
2309   // folded. eg., trunc(x) + m*trunc(n) --> trunc(x + trunc(m)*n)
2310   // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple.
2311   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2312     const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2313     Type *DstType = Trunc->getType();
2314     Type *SrcType = Trunc->getOperand()->getType();
2315     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps;
2316     bool Ok = true;
2317     // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the
2318     // source type of the truncate.
2319     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2320       if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[i])) {
2321         if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2322           Ok = false;
2323           break;
2324         }
2325         LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2326       } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
2327         LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2328       } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i])) {
2329         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps;
2330         for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) {
2331           if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T =
2332                 dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2333             if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2334               Ok = false;
2335               break;
2336             }
2337             LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2338           } else if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2339             LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2340           } else {
2341             Ok = false;
2342             break;
2343           }
2344         }
2345         if (Ok)
2346           LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2347       } else {
2348         Ok = false;
2349         break;
2350       }
2351     }
2352     if (Ok) {
2353       // Evaluate the expression in the larger type.
2354       const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, Flags, Depth + 1);
2355       // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't.
2356       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold))
2357         return getTruncateExpr(Fold, DstType);
2358     }
2359   }
2360 
2361   // Skip past any other cast SCEVs.
2362   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr)
2363     ++Idx;
2364 
2365   // If there are add operands they would be next.
2366   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2367     bool DeletedAdd = false;
2368     while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2369       if (Ops.size() > AddOpsInlineThreshold ||
2370           Add->getNumOperands() > AddOpsInlineThreshold)
2371         break;
2372       // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands
2373       // list.
2374       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2375       Ops.append(Add->op_begin(), Add->op_end());
2376       DeletedAdd = true;
2377     }
2378 
2379     // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list,
2380     // and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and resimplify
2381     // any operands we just acquired.
2382     if (DeletedAdd)
2383       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2384   }
2385 
2386   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2387   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2388     ++Idx;
2389 
2390   // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with
2391   // operands multiplied by constant values.
2392   if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2393     uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
2394     DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> M;
2395     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps;
2396     APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0);
2397     if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2398                                      Ops.data(), Ops.size(),
2399                                      APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) {
2400       struct APIntCompare {
2401         bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const {
2402           return LHS.ult(RHS);
2403         }
2404       };
2405 
2406       // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to
2407       // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale,
2408       // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times.
2409       std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists;
2410       for (const SCEV *NewOp : NewOps)
2411         MulOpLists[M.find(NewOp)->second].push_back(NewOp);
2412       // Re-generate the operands list.
2413       Ops.clear();
2414       if (AccumulatedConstant != 0)
2415         Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant));
2416       for (auto &MulOp : MulOpLists)
2417         if (MulOp.first != 0)
2418           Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(
2419               getConstant(MulOp.first),
2420               getAddExpr(MulOp.second, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2421               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2422       if (Ops.empty())
2423         return getZero(Ty);
2424       if (Ops.size() == 1)
2425         return Ops[0];
2426       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2427     }
2428   }
2429 
2430   // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the
2431   // something is not already an operand of the multiply.  If so, merge it into
2432   // the multiply.
2433   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2434     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2435     for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) {
2436       const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp);
2437       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulOpSCEV))
2438         continue;
2439       for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp)
2440         if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp]) {
2441           // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z)  -->  W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1))
2442           const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2443           if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2444             // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the
2445             // Y*Z term.
2446             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
2447                                                 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
2448             MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
2449             InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2450           }
2451           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {getOne(Ty), InnerMul};
2452           const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2453           const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, MulOpSCEV,
2454                                             SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2455           if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2456           if (AddOp < Idx) {
2457             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp);
2458             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1);
2459           } else {
2460             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2461             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1);
2462           }
2463           Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2464           return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2465         }
2466 
2467       // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together.
2468       for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1;
2469            OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2470            ++OtherMulIdx) {
2471         const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2472         // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies
2473         // together.
2474         for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands();
2475              OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp)
2476           if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) {
2477             // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E))
2478             const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2479             if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2480               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
2481                                                   Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
2482               MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
2483               InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2484             }
2485             const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0);
2486             if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2487               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(OtherMul->op_begin(),
2488                                                   OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp);
2489               MulOps.append(OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp+1, OtherMul->op_end());
2490               InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2491             }
2492             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {InnerMul1, InnerMul2};
2493             const SCEV *InnerMulSum =
2494                 getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2495             const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum,
2496                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2497             if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2498             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2499             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1);
2500             Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2501             return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2502           }
2503       }
2504     }
2505   }
2506 
2507   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2508   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2509   // recurrence.
2510   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2511     ++Idx;
2512 
2513   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2514   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2515     // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if
2516     // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2517     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2518     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2519     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2520     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2521       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2522         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2523         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2524         --i; --e;
2525       }
2526 
2527     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2528     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2529       //  NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step}
2530       LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart());
2531 
2532       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2533                                              AddRec->op_end());
2534       // This follows from the fact that the no-wrap flags on the outer add
2535       // expression are applicable on the 0th iteration, when the add recurrence
2536       // will be equal to its start value.
2537       AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps, Flags, Depth + 1);
2538 
2539       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2540       // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2541       // Always propagate NW.
2542       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2543       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2544 
2545       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2546       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2547 
2548       // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2549       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2550         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2551           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2552           break;
2553         }
2554       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2555     }
2556 
2557     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
2558     // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
2559     // added together.  If so, we can fold them.
2560     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2561          OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2562          ++OtherIdx) {
2563       // We expect the AddRecExpr's to be sorted in reverse dominance order,
2564       // so that the 1st found AddRecExpr is dominated by all others.
2565       assert(DT.dominates(
2566            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()->getHeader(),
2567            AddRec->getLoop()->getHeader()) &&
2568         "AddRecExprs are not sorted in reverse dominance order?");
2569       if (AddRecLoop == cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) {
2570         // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L>  -->  Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L>
2571         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2572                                                AddRec->op_end());
2573         for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2574              ++OtherIdx) {
2575           const auto *OtherAddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2576           if (OtherAddRec->getLoop() == AddRecLoop) {
2577             for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands();
2578                  i != e; ++i) {
2579               if (i >= AddRecOps.size()) {
2580                 AddRecOps.append(OtherAddRec->op_begin()+i,
2581                                  OtherAddRec->op_end());
2582                 break;
2583               }
2584               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {
2585                   AddRecOps[i], OtherAddRec->getOperand(i)};
2586               AddRecOps[i] = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2587             }
2588             Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2589           }
2590         }
2591         // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound.
2592         Ops[Idx] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2593         return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2594       }
2595     }
2596 
2597     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
2598     // next one.
2599   }
2600 
2601   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr.  Check to see if we
2602   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2603   return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
2604 }
2605 
2606 const SCEV *
2607 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2608                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2609   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2610   ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr);
2611   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2612     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
2613   void *IP = nullptr;
2614   SCEVAddExpr *S =
2615       static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2616   if (!S) {
2617     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2618     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2619     S = new (SCEVAllocator)
2620         SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), O, Ops.size());
2621     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2622   }
2623   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2624   return S;
2625 }
2626 
2627 const SCEV *
2628 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2629                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2630   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2631   ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr);
2632   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2633     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
2634   void *IP = nullptr;
2635   SCEVMulExpr *S =
2636     static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2637   if (!S) {
2638     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2639     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2640     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2641                                         O, Ops.size());
2642     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2643   }
2644   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2645   return S;
2646 }
2647 
2648 static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i, uint64_t j, bool &Overflow) {
2649   uint64_t k = i*j;
2650   if (j > 1 && k / j != i) Overflow = true;
2651   return k;
2652 }
2653 
2654 /// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient.  If an
2655 /// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will
2656 /// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow.
2657 static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n, uint64_t k, bool &Overflow) {
2658   // We use the multiplicative formula:
2659   //     n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 .
2660   // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the
2661   // (k-n)th term of the denominator.  This division will always produce an
2662   // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the
2663   // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the
2664   // final result would fit.
2665 
2666   if (n == 0 || n == k) return 1;
2667   if (k > n) return 0;
2668 
2669   if (k > n/2)
2670     k = n-k;
2671 
2672   uint64_t r = 1;
2673   for (uint64_t i = 1; i <= k; ++i) {
2674     r = umul_ov(r, n-(i-1), Overflow);
2675     r /= i;
2676   }
2677   return r;
2678 }
2679 
2680 /// Determine if any of the operands in this SCEV are a constant or if
2681 /// any of the add or multiply expressions in this SCEV contain a constant.
2682 static bool containsConstantSomewhere(const SCEV *StartExpr) {
2683   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
2684   Ops.push_back(StartExpr);
2685   while (!Ops.empty()) {
2686     const SCEV *CurrentExpr = Ops.pop_back_val();
2687     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(*CurrentExpr))
2688       return true;
2689 
2690     if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(*CurrentExpr) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(*CurrentExpr)) {
2691       const auto *CurrentNAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(CurrentExpr);
2692       Ops.append(CurrentNAry->op_begin(), CurrentNAry->op_end());
2693     }
2694   }
2695   return false;
2696 }
2697 
2698 /// Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if possible.
2699 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2700                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
2701                                         unsigned Depth) {
2702   assert(Flags == maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
2703          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2704   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!");
2705   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2706 #ifndef NDEBUG
2707   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2708   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2709     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2710            "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!");
2711 #endif
2712 
2713   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2714   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
2715 
2716   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scMulExpr, Ops, Flags);
2717 
2718   // Limit recursion calls depth.
2719   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth)
2720     return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, Flags);
2721 
2722   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2723   unsigned Idx = 0;
2724   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2725 
2726     // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V
2727     if (Ops.size() == 2)
2728         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1]))
2729           // If any of Add's ops are Adds or Muls with a constant,
2730           // apply this transformation as well.
2731           if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2)
2732             if (containsConstantSomewhere(Add))
2733               return getAddExpr(getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0),
2734                                            SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2735                                 getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1),
2736                                            SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2737                                 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2738 
2739     ++Idx;
2740     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2741       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2742       ConstantInt *Fold =
2743           ConstantInt::get(getContext(), LHSC->getAPInt() * RHSC->getAPInt());
2744       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
2745       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2746       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2747       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2748     }
2749 
2750     // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off.
2751     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->equalsInt(1)) {
2752       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2753       --Idx;
2754     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isZero()) {
2755       // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero.
2756       return Ops[0];
2757     } else if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) {
2758       // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the
2759       // add operands.
2760       if (Ops.size() == 2) {
2761         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2762           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2763           bool AnyFolded = false;
2764           for (const SCEV *AddOp : Add->operands()) {
2765             const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
2766                                          Depth + 1);
2767             if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true;
2768             NewOps.push_back(Mul);
2769           }
2770           if (AnyFolded)
2771             return getAddExpr(NewOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2772         } else if (const auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2773           // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property.
2774           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
2775           for (const SCEV *AddRecOp : AddRec->operands())
2776             Operands.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddRecOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
2777                                           Depth + 1));
2778 
2779           return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(),
2780                                AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
2781         }
2782       }
2783     }
2784 
2785     if (Ops.size() == 1)
2786       return Ops[0];
2787   }
2788 
2789   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2790   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2791     ++Idx;
2792 
2793   // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression.
2794   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2795     bool DeletedMul = false;
2796     while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2797       if (Ops.size() > MulOpsInlineThreshold)
2798         break;
2799       // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the
2800       // operands list.
2801       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2802       Ops.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end());
2803       DeletedMul = true;
2804     }
2805 
2806     // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the
2807     // list, and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and
2808     // resimplify any operands we just acquired.
2809     if (DeletedMul)
2810       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2811   }
2812 
2813   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2814   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2815   // recurrence.
2816   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2817     ++Idx;
2818 
2819   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2820   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2821     // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector
2822     // if they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2823     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2824     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2825     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2826     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2827       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2828         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2829         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2830         --i; --e;
2831       }
2832 
2833     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2834     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2835       //  NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step}
2836       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2837       NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands());
2838       const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2839       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2840         NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i),
2841                                     SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2842 
2843       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2844       // outer mul and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2845       //
2846       // No self-wrap cannot be guaranteed after changing the step size, but
2847       // will be inferred if either NUW or NSW is true.
2848       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(clearFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2849       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2850 
2851       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2852       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2853 
2854       // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2855       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2856         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2857           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2858           break;
2859         }
2860       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2861     }
2862 
2863     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see
2864     // if there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable
2865     // being multiplied together.  If so, we can fold them.
2866 
2867     // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L>
2868     // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [
2869     //       choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z
2870     //   ]]],+,...up to x=2n}.
2871     // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values
2872     // known at compile time, never SCEV objects.
2873     //
2874     // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two
2875     // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to
2876     // an infinite stream of zeros on the right).
2877     bool OpsModified = false;
2878     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2879          OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2880          ++OtherIdx) {
2881       const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec =
2882         dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2883       if (!OtherAddRec || OtherAddRec->getLoop() != AddRecLoop)
2884         continue;
2885 
2886       bool Overflow = false;
2887       Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
2888       bool LargerThan64Bits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) > 64;
2889       SmallVector<const SCEV*, 7> AddRecOps;
2890       for (int x = 0, xe = AddRec->getNumOperands() +
2891              OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1; x != xe && !Overflow; ++x) {
2892         const SCEV *Term = getZero(Ty);
2893         for (int y = x, ye = 2*x+1; y != ye && !Overflow; ++y) {
2894           uint64_t Coeff1 = Choose(x, 2*x - y, Overflow);
2895           for (int z = std::max(y-x, y-(int)AddRec->getNumOperands()+1),
2896                  ze = std::min(x+1, (int)OtherAddRec->getNumOperands());
2897                z < ze && !Overflow; ++z) {
2898             uint64_t Coeff2 = Choose(2*x - y, x-z, Overflow);
2899             uint64_t Coeff;
2900             if (LargerThan64Bits)
2901               Coeff = umul_ov(Coeff1, Coeff2, Overflow);
2902             else
2903               Coeff = Coeff1*Coeff2;
2904             const SCEV *CoeffTerm = getConstant(Ty, Coeff);
2905             const SCEV *Term1 = AddRec->getOperand(y-z);
2906             const SCEV *Term2 = OtherAddRec->getOperand(z);
2907             Term = getAddExpr(Term, getMulExpr(CoeffTerm, Term1, Term2,
2908                                                SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2909                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2910           }
2911         }
2912         AddRecOps.push_back(Term);
2913       }
2914       if (!Overflow) {
2915         const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
2916                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2917         if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec;
2918         Ops[Idx] = NewAddRec;
2919         Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2920         OpsModified = true;
2921         AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec);
2922         if (!AddRec)
2923           break;
2924       }
2925     }
2926     if (OpsModified)
2927       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2928 
2929     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
2930     // next one.
2931   }
2932 
2933   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr.  Check to see if we
2934   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2935   return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, Flags);
2936 }
2937 
2938 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
2939 /// possible.
2940 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
2941                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
2942   assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
2943          getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
2944          "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!");
2945 
2946   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
2947     if (RHSC->getValue()->equalsInt(1))
2948       return LHS;                               // X udiv 1 --> x
2949     // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't
2950     // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from
2951     // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler.
2952     if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
2953       // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of
2954       // its operands.
2955       // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information.
2956       Type *Ty = LHS->getType();
2957       unsigned LZ = RHSC->getAPInt().countLeadingZeros();
2958       unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ - 1;
2959       // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the
2960       // nearest power of two.
2961       if (!RHSC->getAPInt().isPowerOf2())
2962         ++MaxShiftAmt;
2963       IntegerType *ExtTy =
2964         IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt);
2965       if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
2966         if (const SCEVConstant *Step =
2967             dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) {
2968           // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded.
2969           const APInt &StepInt = Step->getAPInt();
2970           const APInt &DivInt = RHSC->getAPInt();
2971           if (!StepInt.urem(DivInt) &&
2972               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
2973               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
2974                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
2975                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
2976             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
2977             for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
2978               Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(Op, RHS));
2979             return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
2980           }
2981           /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence.
2982           /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0.
2983           // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant.
2984           const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStart());
2985           if (StartC && !DivInt.urem(StepInt) &&
2986               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
2987               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
2988                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
2989                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
2990             const APInt &StartInt = StartC->getAPInt();
2991             const APInt &StartRem = StartInt.urem(StepInt);
2992             if (StartRem != 0)
2993               LHS = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt - StartRem), Step,
2994                                   AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
2995           }
2996         }
2997       // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded.
2998       if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
2999         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3000         for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
3001           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3002         if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands))
3003           // Find an operand that's safely divisible.
3004           for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3005             const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i);
3006             const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC);
3007             if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) {
3008               Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->op_begin(),
3009                                                       M->op_end());
3010               Operands[i] = Div;
3011               return getMulExpr(Operands);
3012             }
3013           }
3014       }
3015       // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded.
3016       if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
3017         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3018         for (const SCEV *Op : A->operands())
3019           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3020         if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) {
3021           Operands.clear();
3022           for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3023             const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS);
3024             if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) ||
3025                 getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i))
3026               break;
3027             Operands.push_back(Op);
3028           }
3029           if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands())
3030             return getAddExpr(Operands);
3031         }
3032       }
3033 
3034       // Fold if both operands are constant.
3035       if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
3036         Constant *LHSCV = LHSC->getValue();
3037         Constant *RHSCV = RHSC->getValue();
3038         return getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHSCV,
3039                                                                    RHSCV)));
3040       }
3041     }
3042   }
3043 
3044   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3045   ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr);
3046   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
3047   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
3048   void *IP = nullptr;
3049   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3050   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3051                                              LHS, RHS);
3052   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3053   return S;
3054 }
3055 
3056 static const APInt gcd(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) {
3057   APInt A = C1->getAPInt().abs();
3058   APInt B = C2->getAPInt().abs();
3059   uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth();
3060   uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth();
3061 
3062   if (ABW > BBW)
3063     B = B.zext(ABW);
3064   else if (ABW < BBW)
3065     A = A.zext(BBW);
3066 
3067   return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(std::move(A), std::move(B));
3068 }
3069 
3070 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3071 /// possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv in SCEV IR, but we
3072 /// can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS.  We can't do this when
3073 /// it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits.
3074 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3075                                               const SCEV *RHS) {
3076   // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we
3077   // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the
3078   // end of this file for inspiration.
3079 
3080   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3081   if (!Mul || !Mul->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
3082     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3083 
3084   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3085     // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the
3086     // first element of the mulexpr.
3087     if (const auto *LHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
3088       if (LHSCst == RHSCst) {
3089         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3090         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
3091         return getMulExpr(Operands);
3092       }
3093 
3094       // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be
3095       // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to
3096       // check.
3097       APInt Factor = gcd(LHSCst, RHSCst);
3098       if (!Factor.isIntN(1)) {
3099         LHSCst =
3100             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(LHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3101         RHSCst =
3102             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(RHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3103         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3104         Operands.push_back(LHSCst);
3105         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
3106         LHS = getMulExpr(Operands);
3107         RHS = RHSCst;
3108         Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3109         if (!Mul)
3110           return getUDivExactExpr(LHS, RHS);
3111       }
3112     }
3113   }
3114 
3115   for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3116     if (Mul->getOperand(i) == RHS) {
3117       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3118       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_begin() + i);
3119       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + i + 1, Mul->op_end());
3120       return getMulExpr(Operands);
3121     }
3122   }
3123 
3124   return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3125 }
3126 
3127 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3128 /// expression as much as possible.
3129 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start, const SCEV *Step,
3130                                            const Loop *L,
3131                                            SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3132   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3133   Operands.push_back(Start);
3134   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step))
3135     if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) {
3136       Operands.append(StepChrec->op_begin(), StepChrec->op_end());
3137       return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
3138     }
3139 
3140   Operands.push_back(Step);
3141   return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags);
3142 }
3143 
3144 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3145 /// expression as much as possible.
3146 const SCEV *
3147 ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands,
3148                                const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3149   if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0];
3150 #ifndef NDEBUG
3151   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType());
3152   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3153     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3154            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!");
3155   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3156     assert(isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L) &&
3157            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not loop-invariant!");
3158 #endif
3159 
3160   if (Operands.back()->isZero()) {
3161     Operands.pop_back();
3162     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); // {X,+,0}  -->  X
3163   }
3164 
3165   // It's tempting to want to call getMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and
3166   // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a
3167   // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a
3168   // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck
3169   // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count).
3170 
3171   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags);
3172 
3173   // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth.
3174   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) {
3175     const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop();
3176     if (L->contains(NestedLoop)
3177             ? (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth())
3178             : (!NestedLoop->contains(L) &&
3179                DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) {
3180       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->op_begin(),
3181                                                   NestedAR->op_end());
3182       Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart();
3183       // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their
3184       // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this
3185       // requirement.
3186       bool AllInvariant = all_of(
3187           Operands, [&](const SCEV *Op) { return isLoopInvariant(Op, L); });
3188 
3189       if (AllInvariant) {
3190         // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size.
3191         //
3192         // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the
3193         // inner recurrence has the same property.
3194         SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags =
3195           maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW | NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags());
3196 
3197         NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, OuterFlags);
3198         AllInvariant = all_of(NestedOperands, [&](const SCEV *Op) {
3199           return isLoopInvariant(Op, NestedLoop);
3200         });
3201 
3202         if (AllInvariant) {
3203           // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation.
3204           //
3205           // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if
3206           // the outer recurrence has the same property.
3207           SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags =
3208             maskFlags(NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW | Flags);
3209           return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, InnerFlags);
3210         }
3211       }
3212       // Reset Operands to its original state.
3213       Operands[0] = NestedAR;
3214     }
3215   }
3216 
3217   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr.  Check to see if we
3218   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3219   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3220   ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
3221   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3222     ID.AddPointer(Operands[i]);
3223   ID.AddPointer(L);
3224   void *IP = nullptr;
3225   SCEVAddRecExpr *S =
3226     static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
3227   if (!S) {
3228     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Operands.size());
3229     std::uninitialized_copy(Operands.begin(), Operands.end(), O);
3230     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3231                                            O, Operands.size(), L);
3232     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3233   }
3234   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
3235   return S;
3236 }
3237 
3238 const SCEV *
3239 ScalarEvolution::getGEPExpr(GEPOperator *GEP,
3240                             const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &IndexExprs) {
3241   const SCEV *BaseExpr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
3242   // getSCEV(Base)->getType() has the same address space as Base->getType()
3243   // because SCEV::getType() preserves the address space.
3244   Type *IntPtrTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(BaseExpr->getType());
3245   // FIXME(PR23527): Don't blindly transfer the inbounds flag from the GEP
3246   // instruction to its SCEV, because the Instruction may be guarded by control
3247   // flow and the no-overflow bits may not be valid for the expression in any
3248   // context. This can be fixed similarly to how these flags are handled for
3249   // adds.
3250   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Wrap = GEP->isInBounds() ? SCEV::FlagNSW
3251                                              : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3252 
3253   const SCEV *TotalOffset = getZero(IntPtrTy);
3254   // The array size is unimportant. The first thing we do on CurTy is getting
3255   // its element type.
3256   Type *CurTy = ArrayType::get(GEP->getSourceElementType(), 0);
3257   for (const SCEV *IndexExpr : IndexExprs) {
3258     // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index.
3259     if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(CurTy)) {
3260       // For a struct, add the member offset.
3261       ConstantInt *Index = cast<SCEVConstant>(IndexExpr)->getValue();
3262       unsigned FieldNo = Index->getZExtValue();
3263       const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(IntPtrTy, STy, FieldNo);
3264 
3265       // Add the field offset to the running total offset.
3266       TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, FieldOffset);
3267 
3268       // Update CurTy to the type of the field at Index.
3269       CurTy = STy->getTypeAtIndex(Index);
3270     } else {
3271       // Update CurTy to its element type.
3272       CurTy = cast<SequentialType>(CurTy)->getElementType();
3273       // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled.
3274       const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(IntPtrTy, CurTy);
3275       // Getelementptr indices are signed.
3276       IndexExpr = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexExpr, IntPtrTy);
3277 
3278       // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset.
3279       const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexExpr, ElementSize, Wrap);
3280 
3281       // Add the element offset to the running total offset.
3282       TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, LocalOffset);
3283     }
3284   }
3285 
3286   // Add the total offset from all the GEP indices to the base.
3287   return getAddExpr(BaseExpr, TotalOffset, Wrap);
3288 }
3289 
3290 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3291                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3292   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
3293   return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
3294 }
3295 
3296 const SCEV *
3297 ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3298   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty smax!");
3299   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3300 #ifndef NDEBUG
3301   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
3302   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3303     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3304            "SCEVSMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
3305 #endif
3306 
3307   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
3308   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
3309 
3310   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
3311   unsigned Idx = 0;
3312   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
3313     ++Idx;
3314     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
3315     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
3316       // We found two constants, fold them together!
3317       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(
3318           getContext(), APIntOps::smax(LHSC->getAPInt(), RHSC->getAPInt()));
3319       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
3320       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
3321       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3322       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
3323     }
3324 
3325     // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
3326     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(true)) {
3327       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
3328       --Idx;
3329     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(true)) {
3330       // If we have an smax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
3331       // maximum-int.
3332       return Ops[0];
3333     }
3334 
3335     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3336   }
3337 
3338   // Find the first SMax
3339   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scSMaxExpr)
3340     ++Idx;
3341 
3342   // Check to see if one of the operands is an SMax. If so, expand its operands
3343   // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
3344   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
3345     bool DeletedSMax = false;
3346     while (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
3347       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
3348       Ops.append(SMax->op_begin(), SMax->op_end());
3349       DeletedSMax = true;
3350     }
3351 
3352     if (DeletedSMax)
3353       return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
3354   }
3355 
3356   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
3357   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
3358   // be adjacent.
3359   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
3360     //  X smax Y smax Y  -->  X smax Y
3361     //  X smax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
3362     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
3363         isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3364       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
3365       --i; --e;
3366     } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3367       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
3368       --i; --e;
3369     }
3370 
3371   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3372 
3373   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!");
3374 
3375   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an smax expr.  Check to see if we
3376   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3377   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3378   ID.AddInteger(scSMaxExpr);
3379   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3380     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
3381   void *IP = nullptr;
3382   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3383   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3384   std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
3385   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3386                                              O, Ops.size());
3387   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3388   return S;
3389 }
3390 
3391 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3392                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3393   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
3394   return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
3395 }
3396 
3397 const SCEV *
3398 ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3399   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty umax!");
3400   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3401 #ifndef NDEBUG
3402   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
3403   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3404     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3405            "SCEVUMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
3406 #endif
3407 
3408   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
3409   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
3410 
3411   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
3412   unsigned Idx = 0;
3413   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
3414     ++Idx;
3415     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
3416     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
3417       // We found two constants, fold them together!
3418       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(
3419           getContext(), APIntOps::umax(LHSC->getAPInt(), RHSC->getAPInt()));
3420       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
3421       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
3422       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3423       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
3424     }
3425 
3426     // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
3427     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(false)) {
3428       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
3429       --Idx;
3430     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(false)) {
3431       // If we have an umax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
3432       // maximum-int.
3433       return Ops[0];
3434     }
3435 
3436     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3437   }
3438 
3439   // Find the first UMax
3440   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scUMaxExpr)
3441     ++Idx;
3442 
3443   // Check to see if one of the operands is a UMax. If so, expand its operands
3444   // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
3445   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
3446     bool DeletedUMax = false;
3447     while (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
3448       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
3449       Ops.append(UMax->op_begin(), UMax->op_end());
3450       DeletedUMax = true;
3451     }
3452 
3453     if (DeletedUMax)
3454       return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
3455   }
3456 
3457   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
3458   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
3459   // be adjacent.
3460   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
3461     //  X umax Y umax Y  -->  X umax Y
3462     //  X umax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
3463     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
3464         isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3465       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
3466       --i; --e;
3467     } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3468       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
3469       --i; --e;
3470     }
3471 
3472   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3473 
3474   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced umax down to nothing!");
3475 
3476   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need a umax expr.  Check to see if we
3477   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3478   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3479   ID.AddInteger(scUMaxExpr);
3480   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3481     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
3482   void *IP = nullptr;
3483   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3484   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3485   std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
3486   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3487                                              O, Ops.size());
3488   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3489   return S;
3490 }
3491 
3492 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3493                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3494   // ~smax(~x, ~y) == smin(x, y).
3495   return getNotSCEV(getSMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
3496 }
3497 
3498 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3499                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3500   // ~umax(~x, ~y) == umin(x, y)
3501   return getNotSCEV(getUMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
3502 }
3503 
3504 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *AllocTy) {
3505   // We can bypass creating a target-independent
3506   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
3507   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
3508   return getConstant(IntTy, getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy));
3509 }
3510 
3511 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type *IntTy,
3512                                              StructType *STy,
3513                                              unsigned FieldNo) {
3514   // We can bypass creating a target-independent
3515   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
3516   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
3517   return getConstant(
3518       IntTy, getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(FieldNo));
3519 }
3520 
3521 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) {
3522   // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object
3523   // here.  createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other
3524   // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown
3525   // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization.
3526 
3527   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3528   ID.AddInteger(scUnknown);
3529   ID.AddPointer(V);
3530   void *IP = nullptr;
3531   if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) {
3532     assert(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue() == V &&
3533            "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!");
3534     return S;
3535   }
3536   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V, this,
3537                                             FirstUnknown);
3538   FirstUnknown = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
3539   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3540   return S;
3541 }
3542 
3543 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3544 //            Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code
3545 //
3546 
3547 /// Test if values of the given type are analyzable within the SCEV
3548 /// framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it can optionally
3549 /// include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class has access to
3550 /// target-specific information.
3551 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type *Ty) const {
3552   // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable.
3553   return Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy();
3554 }
3555 
3556 /// Return the size in bits of the specified type, for which isSCEVable must
3557 /// return true.
3558 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const {
3559   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3560   return getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3561 }
3562 
3563 /// Return a type with the same bitwidth as the given type and which represents
3564 /// how SCEV will treat the given type, for which isSCEVable must return
3565 /// true. For pointer types, this is the pointer-sized integer type.
3566 Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type *Ty) const {
3567   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3568 
3569   if (Ty->isIntegerTy())
3570     return Ty;
3571 
3572   // The only other support type is pointer.
3573   assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!");
3574   return getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(Ty);
3575 }
3576 
3577 Type *ScalarEvolution::getWiderType(Type *T1, Type *T2) const {
3578   return  getTypeSizeInBits(T1) >= getTypeSizeInBits(T2) ? T1 : T2;
3579 }
3580 
3581 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() {
3582   return CouldNotCompute.get();
3583 }
3584 
3585 bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV *S) const {
3586   bool ContainsNulls = SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
3587     auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
3588     return SU && SU->getValue() == nullptr;
3589   });
3590 
3591   return !ContainsNulls;
3592 }
3593 
3594 bool ScalarEvolution::containsAddRecurrence(const SCEV *S) {
3595   HasRecMapType::iterator I = HasRecMap.find(S);
3596   if (I != HasRecMap.end())
3597     return I->second;
3598 
3599   bool FoundAddRec = SCEVExprContains(S, isa<SCEVAddRecExpr, const SCEV *>);
3600   HasRecMap.insert({S, FoundAddRec});
3601   return FoundAddRec;
3602 }
3603 
3604 /// Try to split a SCEVAddExpr into a pair of {SCEV, ConstantInt}.
3605 /// If \p S is a SCEVAddExpr and is composed of a sub SCEV S' and an
3606 /// offset I, then return {S', I}, else return {\p S, nullptr}.
3607 static std::pair<const SCEV *, ConstantInt *> splitAddExpr(const SCEV *S) {
3608   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S);
3609   if (!Add)
3610     return {S, nullptr};
3611 
3612   if (Add->getNumOperands() != 2)
3613     return {S, nullptr};
3614 
3615   auto *ConstOp = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Add->getOperand(0));
3616   if (!ConstOp)
3617     return {S, nullptr};
3618 
3619   return {Add->getOperand(1), ConstOp->getValue()};
3620 }
3621 
3622 /// Return the ValueOffsetPair set for \p S. \p S can be represented
3623 /// by the value and offset from any ValueOffsetPair in the set.
3624 SetVector<ScalarEvolution::ValueOffsetPair> *
3625 ScalarEvolution::getSCEVValues(const SCEV *S) {
3626   ExprValueMapType::iterator SI = ExprValueMap.find_as(S);
3627   if (SI == ExprValueMap.end())
3628     return nullptr;
3629 #ifndef NDEBUG
3630   if (VerifySCEVMap) {
3631     // Check there is no dangling Value in the set returned.
3632     for (const auto &VE : SI->second)
3633       assert(ValueExprMap.count(VE.first));
3634   }
3635 #endif
3636   return &SI->second;
3637 }
3638 
3639 /// Erase Value from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap. ValueExprMap.erase(V)
3640 /// cannot be used separately. eraseValueFromMap should be used to remove
3641 /// V from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap at the same time.
3642 void ScalarEvolution::eraseValueFromMap(Value *V) {
3643   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
3644   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3645     const SCEV *S = I->second;
3646     // Remove {V, 0} from the set of ExprValueMap[S]
3647     if (SetVector<ValueOffsetPair> *SV = getSCEVValues(S))
3648       SV->remove({V, nullptr});
3649 
3650     // Remove {V, Offset} from the set of ExprValueMap[Stripped]
3651     const SCEV *Stripped;
3652     ConstantInt *Offset;
3653     std::tie(Stripped, Offset) = splitAddExpr(S);
3654     if (Offset != nullptr) {
3655       if (SetVector<ValueOffsetPair> *SV = getSCEVValues(Stripped))
3656         SV->remove({V, Offset});
3657     }
3658     ValueExprMap.erase(V);
3659   }
3660 }
3661 
3662 /// Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the expression and
3663 /// create a new one.
3664 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
3665   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
3666 
3667   const SCEV *S = getExistingSCEV(V);
3668   if (S == nullptr) {
3669     S = createSCEV(V);
3670     // During PHI resolution, it is possible to create two SCEVs for the same
3671     // V, so it is needed to double check whether V->S is inserted into
3672     // ValueExprMap before insert S->{V, 0} into ExprValueMap.
3673     std::pair<ValueExprMapType::iterator, bool> Pair =
3674         ValueExprMap.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S});
3675     if (Pair.second) {
3676       ExprValueMap[S].insert({V, nullptr});
3677 
3678       // If S == Stripped + Offset, add Stripped -> {V, Offset} into
3679       // ExprValueMap.
3680       const SCEV *Stripped = S;
3681       ConstantInt *Offset = nullptr;
3682       std::tie(Stripped, Offset) = splitAddExpr(S);
3683       // If stripped is SCEVUnknown, don't bother to save
3684       // Stripped -> {V, offset}. It doesn't simplify and sometimes even
3685       // increase the complexity of the expansion code.
3686       // If V is GetElementPtrInst, don't save Stripped -> {V, offset}
3687       // because it may generate add/sub instead of GEP in SCEV expansion.
3688       if (Offset != nullptr && !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Stripped) &&
3689           !isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V))
3690         ExprValueMap[Stripped].insert({V, Offset});
3691     }
3692   }
3693   return S;
3694 }
3695 
3696 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExistingSCEV(Value *V) {
3697   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
3698 
3699   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
3700   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3701     const SCEV *S = I->second;
3702     if (checkValidity(S))
3703       return S;
3704     eraseValueFromMap(V);
3705     forgetMemoizedResults(S);
3706   }
3707   return nullptr;
3708 }
3709 
3710 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V
3711 ///
3712 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V,
3713                                              SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3714   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3715     return getConstant(
3716                cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue())));
3717 
3718   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3719   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3720   return getMulExpr(
3721       V, getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty))), Flags);
3722 }
3723 
3724 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V
3725 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
3726   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3727     return getConstant(
3728                 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue())));
3729 
3730   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3731   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3732   const SCEV *AllOnes =
3733                    getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty)));
3734   return getMinusSCEV(AllOnes, V);
3735 }
3736 
3737 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
3738                                           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
3739                                           unsigned Depth) {
3740   // Fast path: X - X --> 0.
3741   if (LHS == RHS)
3742     return getZero(LHS->getType());
3743 
3744   // We represent LHS - RHS as LHS + (-1)*RHS. This transformation
3745   // makes it so that we cannot make much use of NUW.
3746   auto AddFlags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3747   const bool RHSIsNotMinSigned =
3748       !getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue();
3749   if (maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == SCEV::FlagNSW) {
3750     // Let M be the minimum representable signed value. Then (-1)*RHS
3751     // signed-wraps if and only if RHS is M. That can happen even for
3752     // a NSW subtraction because e.g. (-1)*M signed-wraps even though
3753     // -1 - M does not. So to transfer NSW from LHS - RHS to LHS +
3754     // (-1)*RHS, we need to prove that RHS != M.
3755     //
3756     // If LHS is non-negative and we know that LHS - RHS does not
3757     // signed-wrap, then RHS cannot be M. So we can rule out signed-wrap
3758     // either by proving that RHS > M or that LHS >= 0.
3759     if (RHSIsNotMinSigned || isKnownNonNegative(LHS)) {
3760       AddFlags = SCEV::FlagNSW;
3761     }
3762   }
3763 
3764   // FIXME: Find a correct way to transfer NSW to (-1)*M when LHS -
3765   // RHS is NSW and LHS >= 0.
3766   //
3767   // The difficulty here is that the NSW flag may have been proven
3768   // relative to a loop that is to be found in a recurrence in LHS and
3769   // not in RHS. Applying NSW to (-1)*M may then let the NSW have a
3770   // larger scope than intended.
3771   auto NegFlags = RHSIsNotMinSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3772 
3773   return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS, NegFlags), AddFlags, Depth);
3774 }
3775 
3776 const SCEV *
3777 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3778   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3779   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3780          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3781          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3782   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3783     return V;  // No conversion
3784   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3785     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3786   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3787 }
3788 
3789 const SCEV *
3790 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V,
3791                                          Type *Ty) {
3792   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3793   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3794          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3795          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3796   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3797     return V;  // No conversion
3798   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3799     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3800   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3801 }
3802 
3803 const SCEV *
3804 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3805   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3806   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3807          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3808          "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3809   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3810          "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!");
3811   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3812     return V;  // No conversion
3813   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3814 }
3815 
3816 const SCEV *
3817 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3818   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3819   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3820          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3821          "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!");
3822   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3823          "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!");
3824   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3825     return V;  // No conversion
3826   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3827 }
3828 
3829 const SCEV *
3830 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3831   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3832   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3833          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3834          "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!");
3835   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3836          "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!");
3837   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3838     return V;  // No conversion
3839   return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3840 }
3841 
3842 const SCEV *
3843 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3844   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3845   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3846          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3847          "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!");
3848   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3849          "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!");
3850   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3851     return V;  // No conversion
3852   return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3853 }
3854 
3855 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
3856                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
3857   const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
3858   const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
3859 
3860   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
3861     PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
3862   else
3863     PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
3864 
3865   return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
3866 }
3867 
3868 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
3869                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
3870   const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
3871   const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
3872 
3873   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
3874     PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
3875   else
3876     PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
3877 
3878   return getUMinExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
3879 }
3880 
3881 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV *V) {
3882   // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null.
3883   if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy())
3884     return V;
3885 
3886   if (const SCEVCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(V)) {
3887     return getPointerBase(Cast->getOperand());
3888   } else if (const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(V)) {
3889     const SCEV *PtrOp = nullptr;
3890     for (const SCEV *NAryOp : NAry->operands()) {
3891       if (NAryOp->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
3892         // Cannot find the base of an expression with multiple pointer operands.
3893         if (PtrOp)
3894           return V;
3895         PtrOp = NAryOp;
3896       }
3897     }
3898     if (!PtrOp)
3899       return V;
3900     return getPointerBase(PtrOp);
3901   }
3902   return V;
3903 }
3904 
3905 /// Push users of the given Instruction onto the given Worklist.
3906 static void
3907 PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I,
3908                    SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
3909   // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack.
3910   for (User *U : I->users())
3911     Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
3912 }
3913 
3914 void ScalarEvolution::forgetSymbolicName(Instruction *PN, const SCEV *SymName) {
3915   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
3916   PushDefUseChildren(PN, Worklist);
3917 
3918   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
3919   Visited.insert(PN);
3920   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
3921     Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
3922     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
3923       continue;
3924 
3925     auto It = ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
3926     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3927       const SCEV *Old = It->second;
3928 
3929       // Short-circuit the def-use traversal if the symbolic name
3930       // ceases to appear in expressions.
3931       if (Old != SymName && !hasOperand(Old, SymName))
3932         continue;
3933 
3934       // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
3935       // structure, it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
3936       // by createNodeForPHI, or it's a single-value PHI. In the first case,
3937       // additional loop trip count information isn't going to change anything.
3938       // In the second case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary
3939       // updates on its own when it gets to that point. In the third, we do
3940       // want to forget the SCEVUnknown.
3941       if (!isa<PHINode>(I) ||
3942           !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old) ||
3943           (I != PN && Old == SymName)) {
3944         eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
3945         forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
3946       }
3947     }
3948 
3949     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
3950   }
3951 }
3952 
3953 namespace {
3954 class SCEVInitRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVInitRewriter> {
3955 public:
3956   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
3957                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
3958     SCEVInitRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
3959     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
3960     return Rewriter.isValid() ? Result : SE.getCouldNotCompute();
3961   }
3962 
3963   SCEVInitRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
3964       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L), Valid(true) {}
3965 
3966   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
3967     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
3968       Valid = false;
3969     return Expr;
3970   }
3971 
3972   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
3973     // Only allow AddRecExprs for this loop.
3974     if (Expr->getLoop() == L)
3975       return Expr->getStart();
3976     Valid = false;
3977     return Expr;
3978   }
3979 
3980   bool isValid() { return Valid; }
3981 
3982 private:
3983   const Loop *L;
3984   bool Valid;
3985 };
3986 
3987 class SCEVShiftRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVShiftRewriter> {
3988 public:
3989   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
3990                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
3991     SCEVShiftRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
3992     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
3993     return Rewriter.isValid() ? Result : SE.getCouldNotCompute();
3994   }
3995 
3996   SCEVShiftRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
3997       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L), Valid(true) {}
3998 
3999   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4000     // Only allow AddRecExprs for this loop.
4001     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4002       Valid = false;
4003     return Expr;
4004   }
4005 
4006   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4007     if (Expr->getLoop() == L && Expr->isAffine())
4008       return SE.getMinusSCEV(Expr, Expr->getStepRecurrence(SE));
4009     Valid = false;
4010     return Expr;
4011   }
4012   bool isValid() { return Valid; }
4013 
4014 private:
4015   const Loop *L;
4016   bool Valid;
4017 };
4018 } // end anonymous namespace
4019 
4020 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
4021 ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR) {
4022   if (!AR->isAffine())
4023     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4024 
4025   typedef OverflowingBinaryOperator OBO;
4026   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4027 
4028   if (!AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
4029     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getSignedRange(AR);
4030     ConstantRange IncRange = getSignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
4031 
4032     auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
4033         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
4034     if (NSWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
4035       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4036   }
4037 
4038   if (!AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
4039     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getUnsignedRange(AR);
4040     ConstantRange IncRange = getUnsignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
4041 
4042     auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
4043         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
4044     if (NUWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
4045       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4046   }
4047 
4048   return Result;
4049 }
4050 
4051 namespace {
4052 /// Represents an abstract binary operation.  This may exist as a
4053 /// normal instruction or constant expression, or may have been
4054 /// derived from an expression tree.
4055 struct BinaryOp {
4056   unsigned Opcode;
4057   Value *LHS;
4058   Value *RHS;
4059   bool IsNSW;
4060   bool IsNUW;
4061 
4062   /// Op is set if this BinaryOp corresponds to a concrete LLVM instruction or
4063   /// constant expression.
4064   Operator *Op;
4065 
4066   explicit BinaryOp(Operator *Op)
4067       : Opcode(Op->getOpcode()), LHS(Op->getOperand(0)), RHS(Op->getOperand(1)),
4068         IsNSW(false), IsNUW(false), Op(Op) {
4069     if (auto *OBO = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(Op)) {
4070       IsNSW = OBO->hasNoSignedWrap();
4071       IsNUW = OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
4072     }
4073   }
4074 
4075   explicit BinaryOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsNSW = false,
4076                     bool IsNUW = false)
4077       : Opcode(Opcode), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS), IsNSW(IsNSW), IsNUW(IsNUW),
4078         Op(nullptr) {}
4079 };
4080 }
4081 
4082 
4083 /// Try to map \p V into a BinaryOp, and return \c None on failure.
4084 static Optional<BinaryOp> MatchBinaryOp(Value *V, DominatorTree &DT) {
4085   auto *Op = dyn_cast<Operator>(V);
4086   if (!Op)
4087     return None;
4088 
4089   // Implementation detail: all the cleverness here should happen without
4090   // creating new SCEV expressions -- our caller knowns tricks to avoid creating
4091   // SCEV expressions when possible, and we should not break that.
4092 
4093   switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
4094   case Instruction::Add:
4095   case Instruction::Sub:
4096   case Instruction::Mul:
4097   case Instruction::UDiv:
4098   case Instruction::And:
4099   case Instruction::Or:
4100   case Instruction::AShr:
4101   case Instruction::Shl:
4102     return BinaryOp(Op);
4103 
4104   case Instruction::Xor:
4105     if (auto *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1)))
4106       // If the RHS of the xor is a signmask, then this is just an add.
4107       // Instcombine turns add of signmask into xor as a strength reduction step.
4108       if (RHSC->getValue().isSignMask())
4109         return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, Op->getOperand(0), Op->getOperand(1));
4110     return BinaryOp(Op);
4111 
4112   case Instruction::LShr:
4113     // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide.
4114     if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
4115       uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(Op->getType())->getBitWidth();
4116 
4117       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
4118       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
4119       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
4120       // other parts of the compiler.
4121       if (SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth)) {
4122         Constant *X =
4123             ConstantInt::get(SA->getContext(),
4124                              APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
4125         return BinaryOp(Instruction::UDiv, Op->getOperand(0), X);
4126       }
4127     }
4128     return BinaryOp(Op);
4129 
4130   case Instruction::ExtractValue: {
4131     auto *EVI = cast<ExtractValueInst>(Op);
4132     if (EVI->getNumIndices() != 1 || EVI->getIndices()[0] != 0)
4133       break;
4134 
4135     auto *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(EVI->getAggregateOperand());
4136     if (!CI)
4137       break;
4138 
4139     if (auto *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
4140       switch (F->getIntrinsicID()) {
4141       case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow:
4142       case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow: {
4143         if (!isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI), DT))
4144           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4145                           CI->getArgOperand(1));
4146 
4147         // Now that we know that all uses of the arithmetic-result component of
4148         // CI are guarded by the overflow check, we can go ahead and pretend
4149         // that the arithmetic is non-overflowing.
4150         if (F->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow)
4151           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4152                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ true,
4153                           /* IsNUW = */ false);
4154         else
4155           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4156                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ false,
4157                           /* IsNUW*/ true);
4158       }
4159 
4160       case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow:
4161       case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow:
4162         return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4163                         CI->getArgOperand(1));
4164 
4165       case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow:
4166       case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow:
4167         return BinaryOp(Instruction::Mul, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4168                         CI->getArgOperand(1));
4169       default:
4170         break;
4171       }
4172   }
4173 
4174   default:
4175     break;
4176   }
4177 
4178   return None;
4179 }
4180 
4181 /// A helper function for createAddRecFromPHI to handle simple cases.
4182 ///
4183 /// This function tries to find an AddRec expression for the simplest (yet most
4184 /// common) cases: PN = PHI(Start, OP(Self, LoopInvariant)).
4185 /// If it fails, createAddRecFromPHI will use a more general, but slow,
4186 /// technique for finding the AddRec expression.
4187 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSimpleAffineAddRec(PHINode *PN,
4188                                                       Value *BEValueV,
4189                                                       Value *StartValueV) {
4190   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4191   assert(L && L->getHeader() == PN->getParent());
4192   assert(BEValueV && StartValueV);
4193 
4194   auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, DT);
4195   if (!BO)
4196     return nullptr;
4197 
4198   if (BO->Opcode != Instruction::Add)
4199     return nullptr;
4200 
4201   const SCEV *Accum = nullptr;
4202   if (BO->LHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->RHS))
4203     Accum = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
4204   else if (BO->RHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->LHS))
4205     Accum = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
4206 
4207   if (!Accum)
4208     return nullptr;
4209 
4210   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4211   if (BO->IsNUW)
4212     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4213   if (BO->IsNSW)
4214     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4215 
4216   const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4217   const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
4218 
4219   ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
4220 
4221   // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
4222   // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
4223   // overflow.
4224   if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV))
4225     if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
4226       (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
4227 
4228   return PHISCEV;
4229 }
4230 
4231 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHI(PHINode *PN) {
4232   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4233   if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent())
4234     return nullptr;
4235 
4236   // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
4237   // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
4238   // backedge value.
4239   Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
4240   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4241     Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4242     if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
4243       if (!BEValueV) {
4244         BEValueV = V;
4245       } else if (BEValueV != V) {
4246         BEValueV = nullptr;
4247         break;
4248       }
4249     } else if (!StartValueV) {
4250       StartValueV = V;
4251     } else if (StartValueV != V) {
4252       StartValueV = nullptr;
4253       break;
4254     }
4255   }
4256   if (!BEValueV || !StartValueV)
4257     return nullptr;
4258 
4259   assert(ValueExprMap.find_as(PN) == ValueExprMap.end() &&
4260          "PHI node already processed?");
4261 
4262   // First, try to find AddRec expression without creating a fictituos symbolic
4263   // value for PN.
4264   if (auto *S = createSimpleAffineAddRec(PN, BEValueV, StartValueV))
4265     return S;
4266 
4267   // Handle PHI node value symbolically.
4268   const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN);
4269   ValueExprMap.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this), SymbolicName});
4270 
4271   // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around
4272   // the back-edge.
4273   const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
4274 
4275   // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just
4276   // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop.
4277 
4278   // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
4279   // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable!
4280   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) {
4281     // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it
4282     // with a recurrence.
4283     unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
4284     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4285       if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName)
4286         if (FoundIndex == e) {
4287           FoundIndex = i;
4288           break;
4289         }
4290 
4291     if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) {
4292       // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
4293       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
4294       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4295         if (i != FoundIndex)
4296           Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i));
4297       const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
4298 
4299       // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each
4300       // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop.
4301       if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) ||
4302           (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) &&
4303            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) {
4304         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4305 
4306         if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, DT)) {
4307           if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Add && BO->LHS == PN) {
4308             if (BO->IsNUW)
4309               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4310             if (BO->IsNSW)
4311               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4312           }
4313         } else if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(BEValueV)) {
4314           // If the increment is an inbounds GEP, then we know the address
4315           // space cannot be wrapped around. We cannot make any guarantee
4316           // about signed or unsigned overflow because pointers are
4317           // unsigned but we may have a negative index from the base
4318           // pointer. We can guarantee that no unsigned wrap occurs if the
4319           // indices form a positive value.
4320           if (GEP->isInBounds() && GEP->getOperand(0) == PN) {
4321             Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW);
4322 
4323             const SCEV *Ptr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
4324             if (isKnownPositive(getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(GEP), Ptr)))
4325               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4326           }
4327 
4328           // We cannot transfer nuw and nsw flags from subtraction
4329           // operations -- sub nuw X, Y is not the same as add nuw X, -Y
4330           // for instance.
4331         }
4332 
4333         const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4334         const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
4335 
4336         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
4337         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
4338         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
4339         forgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
4340         ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
4341 
4342         // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
4343         // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
4344         // overflow.
4345         if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV))
4346           if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
4347             (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
4348 
4349         return PHISCEV;
4350       }
4351     }
4352   } else {
4353     // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this:
4354     //     i = 0;  for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { ....  i = j; }
4355     // In this case, j = {1,+,1}  and BEValue is j.
4356     // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue
4357     // i really is an addrec evolution.
4358     //
4359     // We can generalize this saying that i is the shifted value of BEValue
4360     // by one iteration:
4361     //   PHI(f(0), f({1,+,1})) --> f({0,+,1})
4362     const SCEV *Shifted = SCEVShiftRewriter::rewrite(BEValue, L, *this);
4363     const SCEV *Start = SCEVInitRewriter::rewrite(Shifted, L, *this);
4364     if (Shifted != getCouldNotCompute() &&
4365         Start != getCouldNotCompute()) {
4366       const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4367       if (Start == StartVal) {
4368         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
4369         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
4370         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
4371         forgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
4372         ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = Shifted;
4373         return Shifted;
4374       }
4375     }
4376   }
4377 
4378   // Remove the temporary PHI node SCEV that has been inserted while intending
4379   // to create an AddRecExpr for this PHI node. We can not keep this temporary
4380   // as it will prevent later (possibly simpler) SCEV expressions to be added
4381   // to the ValueExprMap.
4382   eraseValueFromMap(PN);
4383 
4384   return nullptr;
4385 }
4386 
4387 // Checks if the SCEV S is available at BB.  S is considered available at BB
4388 // if S can be materialized at BB without introducing a fault.
4389 static bool IsAvailableOnEntry(const Loop *L, DominatorTree &DT, const SCEV *S,
4390                                BasicBlock *BB) {
4391   struct CheckAvailable {
4392     bool TraversalDone = false;
4393     bool Available = true;
4394 
4395     const Loop *L = nullptr;  // The loop BB is in (can be nullptr)
4396     BasicBlock *BB = nullptr;
4397     DominatorTree &DT;
4398 
4399     CheckAvailable(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree &DT)
4400       : L(L), BB(BB), DT(DT) {}
4401 
4402     bool setUnavailable() {
4403       TraversalDone = true;
4404       Available = false;
4405       return false;
4406     }
4407 
4408     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
4409       switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
4410       case scConstant: case scTruncate: case scZeroExtend: case scSignExtend:
4411       case scAddExpr: case scMulExpr: case scUMaxExpr: case scSMaxExpr:
4412         // These expressions are available if their operand(s) is/are.
4413         return true;
4414 
4415       case scAddRecExpr: {
4416         // We allow add recurrences that are on the loop BB is in, or some
4417         // outer loop.  This guarantees availability because the value of the
4418         // add recurrence at BB is simply the "current" value of the induction
4419         // variable.  We can relax this in the future; for instance an add
4420         // recurrence on a sibling dominating loop is also available at BB.
4421         const auto *ARLoop = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)->getLoop();
4422         if (L && (ARLoop == L || ARLoop->contains(L)))
4423           return true;
4424 
4425         return setUnavailable();
4426       }
4427 
4428       case scUnknown: {
4429         // For SCEVUnknown, we check for simple dominance.
4430         const auto *SU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
4431         Value *V = SU->getValue();
4432 
4433         if (isa<Argument>(V))
4434           return false;
4435 
4436         if (isa<Instruction>(V) && DT.dominates(cast<Instruction>(V), BB))
4437           return false;
4438 
4439         return setUnavailable();
4440       }
4441 
4442       case scUDivExpr:
4443       case scCouldNotCompute:
4444         // We do not try to smart about these at all.
4445         return setUnavailable();
4446       }
4447       llvm_unreachable("switch should be fully covered!");
4448     }
4449 
4450     bool isDone() { return TraversalDone; }
4451   };
4452 
4453   CheckAvailable CA(L, BB, DT);
4454   SCEVTraversal<CheckAvailable> ST(CA);
4455 
4456   ST.visitAll(S);
4457   return CA.Available;
4458 }
4459 
4460 // Try to match a control flow sequence that branches out at BI and merges back
4461 // at Merge into a "C ? LHS : RHS" select pattern.  Return true on a successful
4462 // match.
4463 static bool BrPHIToSelect(DominatorTree &DT, BranchInst *BI, PHINode *Merge,
4464                           Value *&C, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) {
4465   C = BI->getCondition();
4466 
4467   BasicBlockEdge LeftEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(0));
4468   BasicBlockEdge RightEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(1));
4469 
4470   if (!LeftEdge.isSingleEdge())
4471     return false;
4472 
4473   assert(RightEdge.isSingleEdge() && "Follows from LeftEdge.isSingleEdge()");
4474 
4475   Use &LeftUse = Merge->getOperandUse(0);
4476   Use &RightUse = Merge->getOperandUse(1);
4477 
4478   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, LeftUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, RightUse)) {
4479     LHS = LeftUse;
4480     RHS = RightUse;
4481     return true;
4482   }
4483 
4484   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, RightUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, LeftUse)) {
4485     LHS = RightUse;
4486     RHS = LeftUse;
4487     return true;
4488   }
4489 
4490   return false;
4491 }
4492 
4493 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PHINode *PN) {
4494   auto IsReachable =
4495       [&](BasicBlock *BB) { return DT.isReachableFromEntry(BB); };
4496   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2 && all_of(PN->blocks(), IsReachable)) {
4497     const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4498 
4499     // We don't want to break LCSSA, even in a SCEV expression tree.
4500     for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4501       if (LI.getLoopFor(PN->getIncomingBlock(i)) != L)
4502         return nullptr;
4503 
4504     // Try to match
4505     //
4506     //  br %cond, label %left, label %right
4507     // left:
4508     //  br label %merge
4509     // right:
4510     //  br label %merge
4511     // merge:
4512     //  V = phi [ %x, %left ], [ %y, %right ]
4513     //
4514     // as "select %cond, %x, %y"
4515 
4516     BasicBlock *IDom = DT[PN->getParent()]->getIDom()->getBlock();
4517     assert(IDom && "At least the entry block should dominate PN");
4518 
4519     auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(IDom->getTerminator());
4520     Value *Cond = nullptr, *LHS = nullptr, *RHS = nullptr;
4521 
4522     if (BI && BI->isConditional() &&
4523         BrPHIToSelect(DT, BI, PN, Cond, LHS, RHS) &&
4524         IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(LHS), PN->getParent()) &&
4525         IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(RHS), PN->getParent()))
4526       return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(PN, Cond, LHS, RHS);
4527   }
4528 
4529   return nullptr;
4530 }
4531 
4532 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) {
4533   if (const SCEV *S = createAddRecFromPHI(PN))
4534     return S;
4535 
4536   if (const SCEV *S = createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PN))
4537     return S;
4538 
4539   // If the PHI has a single incoming value, follow that value, unless the
4540   // PHI's incoming blocks are in a different loop, in which case doing so
4541   // risks breaking LCSSA form. Instcombine would normally zap these, but
4542   // it doesn't have DominatorTree information, so it may miss cases.
4543   if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, {getDataLayout(), &TLI, &DT, &AC}))
4544     if (LI.replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(PN, V))
4545       return getSCEV(V);
4546 
4547   // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet.
4548   return getUnknown(PN);
4549 }
4550 
4551 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForSelectOrPHI(Instruction *I,
4552                                                       Value *Cond,
4553                                                       Value *TrueVal,
4554                                                       Value *FalseVal) {
4555   // Handle "constant" branch or select. This can occur for instance when a
4556   // loop pass transforms an inner loop and moves on to process the outer loop.
4557   if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond))
4558     return getSCEV(CI->isOne() ? TrueVal : FalseVal);
4559 
4560   // Try to match some simple smax or umax patterns.
4561   auto *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Cond);
4562   if (!ICI)
4563     return getUnknown(I);
4564 
4565   Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
4566   Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
4567 
4568   switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
4569   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
4570   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
4571     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
4572     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
4573   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
4574   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
4575     // a >s b ? a+x : b+x  ->  smax(a, b)+x
4576     // a >s b ? b+x : a+x  ->  smin(a, b)+x
4577     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) {
4578       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
4579       const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType());
4580       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
4581       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
4582       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
4583       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
4584       if (LDiff == RDiff)
4585         return getAddExpr(getSMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
4586       LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
4587       RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
4588       if (LDiff == RDiff)
4589         return getAddExpr(getSMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
4590     }
4591     break;
4592   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
4593   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
4594     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
4595     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
4596   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
4597   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
4598     // a >u b ? a+x : b+x  ->  umax(a, b)+x
4599     // a >u b ? b+x : a+x  ->  umin(a, b)+x
4600     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) {
4601       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
4602       const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType());
4603       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
4604       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
4605       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
4606       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
4607       if (LDiff == RDiff)
4608         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
4609       LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
4610       RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
4611       if (LDiff == RDiff)
4612         return getAddExpr(getUMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
4613     }
4614     break;
4615   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
4616     // n != 0 ? n+x : 1+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
4617     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) &&
4618         isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
4619       const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType());
4620       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
4621       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
4622       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
4623       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
4624       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, One);
4625       if (LDiff == RDiff)
4626         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
4627     }
4628     break;
4629   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
4630     // n == 0 ? 1+x : n+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
4631     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) &&
4632         isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
4633       const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType());
4634       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
4635       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
4636       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
4637       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, One);
4638       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
4639       if (LDiff == RDiff)
4640         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
4641     }
4642     break;
4643   default:
4644     break;
4645   }
4646 
4647   return getUnknown(I);
4648 }
4649 
4650 /// Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply operations. This allows them
4651 /// to be analyzed by regular SCEV code.
4652 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) {
4653   // Don't attempt to analyze GEPs over unsized objects.
4654   if (!GEP->getSourceElementType()->isSized())
4655     return getUnknown(GEP);
4656 
4657   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> IndexExprs;
4658   for (auto Index = GEP->idx_begin(); Index != GEP->idx_end(); ++Index)
4659     IndexExprs.push_back(getSCEV(*Index));
4660   return getGEPExpr(GEP, IndexExprs);
4661 }
4662 
4663 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZerosImpl(const SCEV *S) {
4664   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
4665     return C->getAPInt().countTrailingZeros();
4666 
4667   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S))
4668     return std::min(GetMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand()),
4669                     (uint32_t)getTypeSizeInBits(T->getType()));
4670 
4671   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
4672     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
4673     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType())
4674                ? getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType())
4675                : OpRes;
4676   }
4677 
4678   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
4679     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
4680     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType())
4681                ? getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType())
4682                : OpRes;
4683   }
4684 
4685   if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
4686     // The result is the min of all operands results.
4687     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
4688     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
4689       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
4690     return MinOpRes;
4691   }
4692 
4693   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
4694     // The result is the sum of all operands results.
4695     uint32_t SumOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
4696     uint32_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(M->getType());
4697     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands();
4698          SumOpRes != BitWidth && i != e; ++i)
4699       SumOpRes =
4700           std::min(SumOpRes + GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)), BitWidth);
4701     return SumOpRes;
4702   }
4703 
4704   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
4705     // The result is the min of all operands results.
4706     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
4707     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
4708       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
4709     return MinOpRes;
4710   }
4711 
4712   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
4713     // The result is the min of all operands results.
4714     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
4715     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
4716       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
4717     return MinOpRes;
4718   }
4719 
4720   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
4721     // The result is the min of all operands results.
4722     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
4723     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
4724       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
4725     return MinOpRes;
4726   }
4727 
4728   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
4729     // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
4730     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), getDataLayout(), 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
4731     return Known.countMinTrailingZeros();
4732   }
4733 
4734   // SCEVUDivExpr
4735   return 0;
4736 }
4737 
4738 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) {
4739   auto I = MinTrailingZerosCache.find(S);
4740   if (I != MinTrailingZerosCache.end())
4741     return I->second;
4742 
4743   uint32_t Result = GetMinTrailingZerosImpl(S);
4744   auto InsertPair = MinTrailingZerosCache.insert({S, Result});
4745   assert(InsertPair.second && "Should insert a new key");
4746   return InsertPair.first->second;
4747 }
4748 
4749 /// Helper method to assign a range to V from metadata present in the IR.
4750 static Optional<ConstantRange> GetRangeFromMetadata(Value *V) {
4751   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
4752     if (MDNode *MD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range))
4753       return getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*MD);
4754 
4755   return None;
4756 }
4757 
4758 /// Determine the range for a particular SCEV.  If SignHint is
4759 /// HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED (resp. HINT_RANGE_SIGNED) then getRange prefers ranges
4760 /// with a "cleaner" unsigned (resp. signed) representation.
4761 const ConstantRange &
4762 ScalarEvolution::getRangeRef(const SCEV *S,
4763                              ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint) {
4764   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange> &Cache =
4765       SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED ? UnsignedRanges
4766                                                        : SignedRanges;
4767 
4768   // See if we've computed this range already.
4769   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = Cache.find(S);
4770   if (I != Cache.end())
4771     return I->second;
4772 
4773   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
4774     return setRange(C, SignHint, ConstantRange(C->getAPInt()));
4775 
4776   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType());
4777   ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true);
4778 
4779   // If the value has known zeros, the maximum value will have those known zeros
4780   // as well.
4781   uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S);
4782   if (TZ != 0) {
4783     if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED)
4784       ConservativeResult =
4785           ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth),
4786                         APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).lshr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
4787     else
4788       ConservativeResult = ConstantRange(
4789           APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
4790           APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
4791   }
4792 
4793   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
4794     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Add->getOperand(0), SignHint);
4795     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4796       X = X.add(getRangeRef(Add->getOperand(i), SignHint));
4797     return setRange(Add, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
4798   }
4799 
4800   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
4801     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Mul->getOperand(0), SignHint);
4802     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4803       X = X.multiply(getRangeRef(Mul->getOperand(i), SignHint));
4804     return setRange(Mul, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
4805   }
4806 
4807   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
4808     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
4809     for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4810       X = X.smax(getRangeRef(SMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
4811     return setRange(SMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
4812   }
4813 
4814   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
4815     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
4816     for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4817       X = X.umax(getRangeRef(UMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
4818     return setRange(UMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
4819   }
4820 
4821   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) {
4822     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UDiv->getLHS(), SignHint);
4823     ConstantRange Y = getRangeRef(UDiv->getRHS(), SignHint);
4824     return setRange(UDiv, SignHint,
4825                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y)));
4826   }
4827 
4828   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
4829     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(ZExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
4830     return setRange(ZExt, SignHint,
4831                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth)));
4832   }
4833 
4834   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
4835     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
4836     return setRange(SExt, SignHint,
4837                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth)));
4838   }
4839 
4840   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) {
4841     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Trunc->getOperand(), SignHint);
4842     return setRange(Trunc, SignHint,
4843                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth)));
4844   }
4845 
4846   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
4847     // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its
4848     // initial value.
4849     if (AddRec->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
4850       if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getStart()))
4851         if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
4852           ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
4853               ConstantRange(C->getAPInt(), APInt(BitWidth, 0)));
4854 
4855     // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands have the same sign or
4856     // zero, the value won't ever change sign.
4857     if (AddRec->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
4858       bool AllNonNeg = true;
4859       bool AllNonPos = true;
4860       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
4861         if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonNeg = false;
4862         if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonPos = false;
4863       }
4864       if (AllNonNeg)
4865         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
4866           ConstantRange(APInt(BitWidth, 0),
4867                         APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth)));
4868       else if (AllNonPos)
4869         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
4870           ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
4871                         APInt(BitWidth, 1)));
4872     }
4873 
4874     // TODO: non-affine addrec
4875     if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
4876       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
4877       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
4878           getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) {
4879         auto RangeFromAffine = getRangeForAffineAR(
4880             AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount,
4881             BitWidth);
4882         if (!RangeFromAffine.isFullSet())
4883           ConservativeResult =
4884               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromAffine);
4885 
4886         auto RangeFromFactoring = getRangeViaFactoring(
4887             AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount,
4888             BitWidth);
4889         if (!RangeFromFactoring.isFullSet())
4890           ConservativeResult =
4891               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromFactoring);
4892       }
4893     }
4894 
4895     return setRange(AddRec, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
4896   }
4897 
4898   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
4899     // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata.
4900     Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue());
4901     if (MDRange.hasValue())
4902       ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue());
4903 
4904     // Split here to avoid paying the compile-time cost of calling both
4905     // computeKnownBits and ComputeNumSignBits.  This restriction can be lifted
4906     // if needed.
4907     const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
4908     if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED) {
4909       // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
4910       KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
4911       if (Known.One != ~Known.Zero + 1)
4912         ConservativeResult =
4913             ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Known.One,
4914                                                            ~Known.Zero + 1));
4915     } else {
4916       assert(SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_SIGNED &&
4917              "generalize as needed!");
4918       unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
4919       if (NS > 1)
4920         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
4921             ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1),
4922                           APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1) + 1));
4923     }
4924 
4925     return setRange(U, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
4926   }
4927 
4928   return setRange(S, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
4929 }
4930 
4931 // Given a StartRange, Step and MaxBECount for an expression compute a range of
4932 // values that the expression can take. Initially, the expression has a value
4933 // from StartRange and then is changed by Step up to MaxBECount times. Signed
4934 // argument defines if we treat Step as signed or unsigned.
4935 static ConstantRange getRangeForAffineARHelper(APInt Step,
4936                                                const ConstantRange &StartRange,
4937                                                const APInt &MaxBECount,
4938                                                unsigned BitWidth, bool Signed) {
4939   // If either Step or MaxBECount is 0, then the expression won't change, and we
4940   // just need to return the initial range.
4941   if (Step == 0 || MaxBECount == 0)
4942     return StartRange;
4943 
4944   // If we don't know anything about the initial value (i.e. StartRange is
4945   // FullRange), then we don't know anything about the final range either.
4946   // Return FullRange.
4947   if (StartRange.isFullSet())
4948     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
4949 
4950   // If Step is signed and negative, then we use its absolute value, but we also
4951   // note that we're moving in the opposite direction.
4952   bool Descending = Signed && Step.isNegative();
4953 
4954   if (Signed)
4955     // This is correct even for INT_SMIN. Let's look at i8 to illustrate this:
4956     // abs(INT_SMIN) = abs(-128) = abs(0x80) = -0x80 = 0x80 = 128.
4957     // This equations hold true due to the well-defined wrap-around behavior of
4958     // APInt.
4959     Step = Step.abs();
4960 
4961   // Check if Offset is more than full span of BitWidth. If it is, the
4962   // expression is guaranteed to overflow.
4963   if (APInt::getMaxValue(StartRange.getBitWidth()).udiv(Step).ult(MaxBECount))
4964     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
4965 
4966   // Offset is by how much the expression can change. Checks above guarantee no
4967   // overflow here.
4968   APInt Offset = Step * MaxBECount;
4969 
4970   // Minimum value of the final range will match the minimal value of StartRange
4971   // if the expression is increasing and will be decreased by Offset otherwise.
4972   // Maximum value of the final range will match the maximal value of StartRange
4973   // if the expression is decreasing and will be increased by Offset otherwise.
4974   APInt StartLower = StartRange.getLower();
4975   APInt StartUpper = StartRange.getUpper() - 1;
4976   APInt MovedBoundary = Descending ? (StartLower - std::move(Offset))
4977                                    : (StartUpper + std::move(Offset));
4978 
4979   // It's possible that the new minimum/maximum value will fall into the initial
4980   // range (due to wrap around). This means that the expression can take any
4981   // value in this bitwidth, and we have to return full range.
4982   if (StartRange.contains(MovedBoundary))
4983     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
4984 
4985   APInt NewLower =
4986       Descending ? std::move(MovedBoundary) : std::move(StartLower);
4987   APInt NewUpper =
4988       Descending ? std::move(StartUpper) : std::move(MovedBoundary);
4989   NewUpper += 1;
4990 
4991   // If we end up with full range, return a proper full range.
4992   if (NewLower == NewUpper)
4993     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
4994 
4995   // No overflow detected, return [StartLower, StartUpper + Offset + 1) range.
4996   return ConstantRange(std::move(NewLower), std::move(NewUpper));
4997 }
4998 
4999 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeForAffineAR(const SCEV *Start,
5000                                                    const SCEV *Step,
5001                                                    const SCEV *MaxBECount,
5002                                                    unsigned BitWidth) {
5003   assert(!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
5004          getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth &&
5005          "Precondition!");
5006 
5007   MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
5008   APInt MaxBECountValue = getUnsignedRangeMax(MaxBECount);
5009 
5010   // First, consider step signed.
5011   ConstantRange StartSRange = getSignedRange(Start);
5012   ConstantRange StepSRange = getSignedRange(Step);
5013 
5014   // If Step can be both positive and negative, we need to find ranges for the
5015   // maximum absolute step values in both directions and union them.
5016   ConstantRange SR =
5017       getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange.getSignedMin(), StartSRange,
5018                                 MaxBECountValue, BitWidth, /* Signed = */ true);
5019   SR = SR.unionWith(getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange.getSignedMax(),
5020                                               StartSRange, MaxBECountValue,
5021                                               BitWidth, /* Signed = */ true));
5022 
5023   // Next, consider step unsigned.
5024   ConstantRange UR = getRangeForAffineARHelper(
5025       getUnsignedRangeMax(Step), getUnsignedRange(Start),
5026       MaxBECountValue, BitWidth, /* Signed = */ false);
5027 
5028   // Finally, intersect signed and unsigned ranges.
5029   return SR.intersectWith(UR);
5030 }
5031 
5032 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeViaFactoring(const SCEV *Start,
5033                                                     const SCEV *Step,
5034                                                     const SCEV *MaxBECount,
5035                                                     unsigned BitWidth) {
5036   //    RangeOf({C?A:B,+,C?P:Q}) == RangeOf(C?{A,+,P}:{B,+,Q})
5037   // == RangeOf({A,+,P}) union RangeOf({B,+,Q})
5038 
5039   struct SelectPattern {
5040     Value *Condition = nullptr;
5041     APInt TrueValue;
5042     APInt FalseValue;
5043 
5044     explicit SelectPattern(ScalarEvolution &SE, unsigned BitWidth,
5045                            const SCEV *S) {
5046       Optional<unsigned> CastOp;
5047       APInt Offset(BitWidth, 0);
5048 
5049       assert(SE.getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()) == BitWidth &&
5050              "Should be!");
5051 
5052       // Peel off a constant offset:
5053       if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5054         // In the future we could consider being smarter here and handle
5055         // {Start+Step,+,Step} too.
5056         if (SA->getNumOperands() != 2 || !isa<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0)))
5057           return;
5058 
5059         Offset = cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
5060         S = SA->getOperand(1);
5061       }
5062 
5063       // Peel off a cast operation
5064       if (auto *SCast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)) {
5065         CastOp = SCast->getSCEVType();
5066         S = SCast->getOperand();
5067       }
5068 
5069       using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
5070 
5071       auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
5072       const APInt *TrueVal, *FalseVal;
5073       if (!SU ||
5074           !match(SU->getValue(), m_Select(m_Value(Condition), m_APInt(TrueVal),
5075                                           m_APInt(FalseVal)))) {
5076         Condition = nullptr;
5077         return;
5078       }
5079 
5080       TrueValue = *TrueVal;
5081       FalseValue = *FalseVal;
5082 
5083       // Re-apply the cast we peeled off earlier
5084       if (CastOp.hasValue())
5085         switch (*CastOp) {
5086         default:
5087           llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV cast type!");
5088 
5089         case scTruncate:
5090           TrueValue = TrueValue.trunc(BitWidth);
5091           FalseValue = FalseValue.trunc(BitWidth);
5092           break;
5093         case scZeroExtend:
5094           TrueValue = TrueValue.zext(BitWidth);
5095           FalseValue = FalseValue.zext(BitWidth);
5096           break;
5097         case scSignExtend:
5098           TrueValue = TrueValue.sext(BitWidth);
5099           FalseValue = FalseValue.sext(BitWidth);
5100           break;
5101         }
5102 
5103       // Re-apply the constant offset we peeled off earlier
5104       TrueValue += Offset;
5105       FalseValue += Offset;
5106     }
5107 
5108     bool isRecognized() { return Condition != nullptr; }
5109   };
5110 
5111   SelectPattern StartPattern(*this, BitWidth, Start);
5112   if (!StartPattern.isRecognized())
5113     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5114 
5115   SelectPattern StepPattern(*this, BitWidth, Step);
5116   if (!StepPattern.isRecognized())
5117     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5118 
5119   if (StartPattern.Condition != StepPattern.Condition) {
5120     // We don't handle this case today; but we could, by considering four
5121     // possibilities below instead of two. I'm not sure if there are cases where
5122     // that will help over what getRange already does, though.
5123     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5124   }
5125 
5126   // NB! Calling ScalarEvolution::getConstant is fine, but we should not try to
5127   // construct arbitrary general SCEV expressions here.  This function is called
5128   // from deep in the call stack, and calling getSCEV (on a sext instruction,
5129   // say) can end up caching a suboptimal value.
5130 
5131   // FIXME: without the explicit `this` receiver below, MSVC errors out with
5132   // C2352 and C2512 (otherwise it isn't needed).
5133 
5134   const SCEV *TrueStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.TrueValue);
5135   const SCEV *TrueStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.TrueValue);
5136   const SCEV *FalseStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.FalseValue);
5137   const SCEV *FalseStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.FalseValue);
5138 
5139   ConstantRange TrueRange =
5140       this->getRangeForAffineAR(TrueStart, TrueStep, MaxBECount, BitWidth);
5141   ConstantRange FalseRange =
5142       this->getRangeForAffineAR(FalseStart, FalseStep, MaxBECount, BitWidth);
5143 
5144   return TrueRange.unionWith(FalseRange);
5145 }
5146 
5147 SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScalarEvolution::getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(const Value *V) {
5148   if (isa<ConstantExpr>(V)) return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5149   const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(V);
5150 
5151   // Return early if there are no flags to propagate to the SCEV.
5152   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5153   if (BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
5154     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5155   if (BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap())
5156     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
5157   if (Flags == SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)
5158     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5159 
5160   return isSCEVExprNeverPoison(BinOp) ? Flags : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5161 }
5162 
5163 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVExprNeverPoison(const Instruction *I) {
5164   // Here we check that I is in the header of the innermost loop containing I,
5165   // since we only deal with instructions in the loop header. The actual loop we
5166   // need to check later will come from an add recurrence, but getting that
5167   // requires computing the SCEV of the operands, which can be expensive. This
5168   // check we can do cheaply to rule out some cases early.
5169   Loop *InnermostContainingLoop = LI.getLoopFor(I->getParent());
5170   if (InnermostContainingLoop == nullptr ||
5171       InnermostContainingLoop->getHeader() != I->getParent())
5172     return false;
5173 
5174   // Only proceed if we can prove that I does not yield poison.
5175   if (!programUndefinedIfFullPoison(I))
5176     return false;
5177 
5178   // At this point we know that if I is executed, then it does not wrap
5179   // according to at least one of NSW or NUW. If I is not executed, then we do
5180   // not know if the calculation that I represents would wrap. Multiple
5181   // instructions can map to the same SCEV. If we apply NSW or NUW from I to
5182   // the SCEV, we must guarantee no wrapping for that SCEV also when it is
5183   // derived from other instructions that map to the same SCEV. We cannot make
5184   // that guarantee for cases where I is not executed. So we need to find the
5185   // loop that I is considered in relation to and prove that I is executed for
5186   // every iteration of that loop. That implies that the value that I
5187   // calculates does not wrap anywhere in the loop, so then we can apply the
5188   // flags to the SCEV.
5189   //
5190   // We check isLoopInvariant to disambiguate in case we are adding recurrences
5191   // from different loops, so that we know which loop to prove that I is
5192   // executed in.
5193   for (unsigned OpIndex = 0; OpIndex < I->getNumOperands(); ++OpIndex) {
5194     // I could be an extractvalue from a call to an overflow intrinsic.
5195     // TODO: We can do better here in some cases.
5196     if (!isSCEVable(I->getOperand(OpIndex)->getType()))
5197       return false;
5198     const SCEV *Op = getSCEV(I->getOperand(OpIndex));
5199     if (auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
5200       bool AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant = true;
5201       for (unsigned OtherOpIndex = 0; OtherOpIndex < I->getNumOperands();
5202            ++OtherOpIndex) {
5203         if (OtherOpIndex != OpIndex) {
5204           const SCEV *OtherOp = getSCEV(I->getOperand(OtherOpIndex));
5205           if (!isLoopInvariant(OtherOp, AddRec->getLoop())) {
5206             AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant = false;
5207             break;
5208           }
5209         }
5210       }
5211       if (AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant &&
5212           isGuaranteedToExecuteForEveryIteration(I, AddRec->getLoop()))
5213         return true;
5214     }
5215   }
5216   return false;
5217 }
5218 
5219 bool ScalarEvolution::isAddRecNeverPoison(const Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
5220   // If we know that \c I can never be poison period, then that's enough.
5221   if (isSCEVExprNeverPoison(I))
5222     return true;
5223 
5224   // For an add recurrence specifically, we assume that infinite loops without
5225   // side effects are undefined behavior, and then reason as follows:
5226   //
5227   // If the add recurrence is poison in any iteration, it is poison on all
5228   // future iterations (since incrementing poison yields poison). If the result
5229   // of the add recurrence is fed into the loop latch condition and the loop
5230   // does not contain any throws or exiting blocks other than the latch, we now
5231   // have the ability to "choose" whether the backedge is taken or not (by
5232   // choosing a sufficiently evil value for the poison feeding into the branch)
5233   // for every iteration including and after the one in which \p I first became
5234   // poison.  There are two possibilities (let's call the iteration in which \p
5235   // I first became poison as K):
5236   //
5237   //  1. In the set of iterations including and after K, the loop body executes
5238   //     no side effects.  In this case executing the backege an infinte number
5239   //     of times will yield undefined behavior.
5240   //
5241   //  2. In the set of iterations including and after K, the loop body executes
5242   //     at least one side effect.  In this case, that specific instance of side
5243   //     effect is control dependent on poison, which also yields undefined
5244   //     behavior.
5245 
5246   auto *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock();
5247   auto *LatchBB = L->getLoopLatch();
5248   if (!ExitingBB || !LatchBB || ExitingBB != LatchBB)
5249     return false;
5250 
5251   SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 16> Pushed;
5252   SmallVector<const Instruction *, 8> PoisonStack;
5253 
5254   // We start by assuming \c I, the post-inc add recurrence, is poison.  Only
5255   // things that are known to be fully poison under that assumption go on the
5256   // PoisonStack.
5257   Pushed.insert(I);
5258   PoisonStack.push_back(I);
5259 
5260   bool LatchControlDependentOnPoison = false;
5261   while (!PoisonStack.empty() && !LatchControlDependentOnPoison) {
5262     const Instruction *Poison = PoisonStack.pop_back_val();
5263 
5264     for (auto *PoisonUser : Poison->users()) {
5265       if (propagatesFullPoison(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser))) {
5266         if (Pushed.insert(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser)).second)
5267           PoisonStack.push_back(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser));
5268       } else if (auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PoisonUser)) {
5269         assert(BI->isConditional() && "Only possibility!");
5270         if (BI->getParent() == LatchBB) {
5271           LatchControlDependentOnPoison = true;
5272           break;
5273         }
5274       }
5275     }
5276   }
5277 
5278   return LatchControlDependentOnPoison && loopHasNoAbnormalExits(L);
5279 }
5280 
5281 ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties
5282 ScalarEvolution::getLoopProperties(const Loop *L) {
5283   typedef ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties LoopProperties;
5284 
5285   auto Itr = LoopPropertiesCache.find(L);
5286   if (Itr == LoopPropertiesCache.end()) {
5287     auto HasSideEffects = [](Instruction *I) {
5288       if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
5289         return !SI->isSimple();
5290 
5291       return I->mayHaveSideEffects();
5292     };
5293 
5294     LoopProperties LP = {/* HasNoAbnormalExits */ true,
5295                          /*HasNoSideEffects*/ true};
5296 
5297     for (auto *BB : L->getBlocks())
5298       for (auto &I : *BB) {
5299         if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&I))
5300           LP.HasNoAbnormalExits = false;
5301         if (HasSideEffects(&I))
5302           LP.HasNoSideEffects = false;
5303         if (!LP.HasNoAbnormalExits && !LP.HasNoSideEffects)
5304           break; // We're already as pessimistic as we can get.
5305       }
5306 
5307     auto InsertPair = LoopPropertiesCache.insert({L, LP});
5308     assert(InsertPair.second && "We just checked!");
5309     Itr = InsertPair.first;
5310   }
5311 
5312   return Itr->second;
5313 }
5314 
5315 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) {
5316   if (!isSCEVable(V->getType()))
5317     return getUnknown(V);
5318 
5319   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
5320     // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't
5321     // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required
5322     // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this
5323     // analysis depends on.
5324     if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent()))
5325       return getUnknown(V);
5326   } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
5327     return getConstant(CI);
5328   else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V))
5329     return getZero(V->getType());
5330   else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V))
5331     return GA->isInterposable() ? getUnknown(V) : getSCEV(GA->getAliasee());
5332   else if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(V))
5333     return getUnknown(V);
5334 
5335   Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V);
5336   if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(U, DT)) {
5337     switch (BO->Opcode) {
5338     case Instruction::Add: {
5339       // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands
5340       // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a
5341       // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient,
5342       // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands.
5343       // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call.
5344       // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands.
5345       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddOps;
5346       do {
5347         if (BO->Op) {
5348           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
5349             AddOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
5350             break;
5351           }
5352 
5353           // If a NUW or NSW flag can be applied to the SCEV for this
5354           // addition, then compute the SCEV for this addition by itself
5355           // with a separate call to getAddExpr. We need to do that
5356           // instead of pushing the operands of the addition onto AddOps,
5357           // since the flags are only known to apply to this particular
5358           // addition - they may not apply to other additions that can be
5359           // formed with operands from AddOps.
5360           const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
5361           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
5362           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
5363             const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
5364             if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
5365               AddOps.push_back(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS, Flags));
5366             else
5367               AddOps.push_back(getAddExpr(LHS, RHS, Flags));
5368             break;
5369           }
5370         }
5371 
5372         if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
5373           AddOps.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(getSCEV(BO->RHS)));
5374         else
5375           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
5376 
5377         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, DT);
5378         if (!NewBO || (NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Add &&
5379                        NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Sub)) {
5380           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
5381           break;
5382         }
5383         BO = NewBO;
5384       } while (true);
5385 
5386       return getAddExpr(AddOps);
5387     }
5388 
5389     case Instruction::Mul: {
5390       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps;
5391       do {
5392         if (BO->Op) {
5393           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
5394             MulOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
5395             break;
5396           }
5397 
5398           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
5399           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
5400             MulOps.push_back(
5401                 getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS), Flags));
5402             break;
5403           }
5404         }
5405 
5406         MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
5407         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, DT);
5408         if (!NewBO || NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Mul) {
5409           MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
5410           break;
5411         }
5412         BO = NewBO;
5413       } while (true);
5414 
5415       return getMulExpr(MulOps);
5416     }
5417     case Instruction::UDiv:
5418       return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS));
5419     case Instruction::Sub: {
5420       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5421       if (BO->Op)
5422         Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
5423       return getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS), Flags);
5424     }
5425     case Instruction::And:
5426       // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits,
5427       // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
5428       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
5429         if (CI->isNullValue())
5430           return getSCEV(BO->RHS);
5431         if (CI->isAllOnesValue())
5432           return getSCEV(BO->LHS);
5433         const APInt &A = CI->getValue();
5434 
5435         // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of
5436         // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask.
5437         // Use computeKnownBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant
5438         // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value.
5439         unsigned LZ = A.countLeadingZeros();
5440         unsigned TZ = A.countTrailingZeros();
5441         unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth();
5442         KnownBits Known(BitWidth);
5443         computeKnownBits(BO->LHS, Known, getDataLayout(),
5444                          0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5445 
5446         APInt EffectiveMask =
5447             APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ - TZ).shl(TZ);
5448         if ((LZ != 0 || TZ != 0) && !((~A & ~Known.Zero) & EffectiveMask)) {
5449           const SCEV *MulCount = getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ));
5450           const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
5451           const SCEV *ShiftedLHS = nullptr;
5452           if (auto *LHSMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
5453             if (auto *OpC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHSMul->getOperand(0))) {
5454               // For an expression like (x * 8) & 8, simplify the multiply.
5455               unsigned MulZeros = OpC->getAPInt().countTrailingZeros();
5456               unsigned GCD = std::min(MulZeros, TZ);
5457               APInt DivAmt = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ - GCD);
5458               SmallVector<const SCEV*, 4> MulOps;
5459               MulOps.push_back(getConstant(OpC->getAPInt().lshr(GCD)));
5460               MulOps.append(LHSMul->op_begin() + 1, LHSMul->op_end());
5461               auto *NewMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, LHSMul->getNoWrapFlags());
5462               ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(NewMul, getConstant(DivAmt));
5463             }
5464           }
5465           if (!ShiftedLHS)
5466             ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(LHS, MulCount);
5467           return getMulExpr(
5468               getZeroExtendExpr(
5469                   getTruncateExpr(ShiftedLHS,
5470                       IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ - TZ)),
5471                   BO->LHS->getType()),
5472               MulCount);
5473         }
5474       }
5475       break;
5476 
5477     case Instruction::Or:
5478       // If the RHS of the Or is a constant, we may have something like:
5479       // X*4+1 which got turned into X*4|1.  Handle this as an Add so loop
5480       // optimizations will transparently handle this case.
5481       //
5482       // In order for this transformation to be safe, the LHS must be of the
5483       // form X*(2^n) and the Or constant must be less than 2^n.
5484       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
5485         const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
5486         const APInt &CIVal = CI->getValue();
5487         if (GetMinTrailingZeros(LHS) >=
5488             (CIVal.getBitWidth() - CIVal.countLeadingZeros())) {
5489           // Build a plain add SCEV.
5490           const SCEV *S = getAddExpr(LHS, getSCEV(CI));
5491           // If the LHS of the add was an addrec and it has no-wrap flags,
5492           // transfer the no-wrap flags, since an or won't introduce a wrap.
5493           if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NewAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
5494             const SCEVAddRecExpr *OldAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
5495             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(NewAR)->setNoWrapFlags(
5496                 OldAR->getNoWrapFlags());
5497           }
5498           return S;
5499         }
5500       }
5501       break;
5502 
5503     case Instruction::Xor:
5504       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
5505         // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation.
5506         if (CI->isAllOnesValue())
5507           return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
5508 
5509         // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask.
5510         // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles
5511         // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out
5512         // of an xor with -1.
5513         if (auto *LBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(BO->LHS))
5514           if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LBO->getOperand(1)))
5515             if (LBO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
5516                 LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue())
5517               if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z =
5518                       dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(BO->LHS))) {
5519                 Type *UTy = BO->LHS->getType();
5520                 const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand();
5521                 Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType();
5522                 unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty);
5523 
5524                 // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to
5525                 // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and
5526                 // re-apply the zext.
5527                 if (CI->getValue().isMask(Z0TySize))
5528                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy);
5529 
5530                 // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position
5531                 // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor
5532                 // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext.
5533                 APInt Trunc = CI->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize);
5534                 if (Trunc.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() &&
5535                     Trunc.isSignMask())
5536                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)),
5537                                            UTy);
5538               }
5539       }
5540       break;
5541 
5542   case Instruction::Shl:
5543     // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply.
5544     if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
5545       uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(SA->getType())->getBitWidth();
5546 
5547       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
5548       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
5549       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
5550       // other parts of the compiler.
5551       if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
5552         break;
5553 
5554       // It is currently not resolved how to interpret NSW for left
5555       // shift by BitWidth - 1, so we avoid applying flags in that
5556       // case. Remove this check (or this comment) once the situation
5557       // is resolved. See
5558       // http://lists.llvm.org/pipermail/llvm-dev/2015-April/084195.html
5559       // and http://reviews.llvm.org/D8890 .
5560       auto Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5561       if (BO->Op && SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth - 1))
5562         Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
5563 
5564       Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
5565         APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
5566       return getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(X), Flags);
5567     }
5568     break;
5569 
5570     case Instruction::AShr:
5571       // AShr X, C, where C is a constant.
5572       ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS);
5573       if (!CI)
5574         break;
5575 
5576       Type *OuterTy = BO->LHS->getType();
5577       uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(OuterTy);
5578       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
5579       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
5580       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
5581       // other parts of the compiler.
5582       if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
5583         break;
5584 
5585       if (CI->isNullValue())
5586         return getSCEV(BO->LHS); // shift by zero --> noop
5587 
5588       uint64_t AShrAmt = CI->getZExtValue();
5589       Type *TruncTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - AShrAmt);
5590 
5591       Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(BO->LHS);
5592       if (L && L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
5593         // X = Shl A, n
5594         // Y = AShr X, m
5595         // Both n and m are constant.
5596 
5597         const SCEV *ShlOp0SCEV = getSCEV(L->getOperand(0));
5598         if (L->getOperand(1) == BO->RHS)
5599           // For a two-shift sext-inreg, i.e. n = m,
5600           // use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
5601           return getSignExtendExpr(
5602               getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy), OuterTy);
5603 
5604         ConstantInt *ShlAmtCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(L->getOperand(1));
5605         if (ShlAmtCI && ShlAmtCI->getValue().ult(BitWidth)) {
5606           uint64_t ShlAmt = ShlAmtCI->getZExtValue();
5607           if (ShlAmt > AShrAmt) {
5608             // When n > m, use sext(mul(trunc(x), 2^(n-m)))) as the SCEV
5609             // expression. We already checked that ShlAmt < BitWidth, so
5610             // the multiplier, 1 << (ShlAmt - AShrAmt), fits into TruncTy as
5611             // ShlAmt - AShrAmt < Amt.
5612             APInt Mul = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth - AShrAmt,
5613                                             ShlAmt - AShrAmt);
5614             return getSignExtendExpr(
5615                 getMulExpr(getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy),
5616                 getConstant(Mul)), OuterTy);
5617           }
5618         }
5619       }
5620       break;
5621     }
5622   }
5623 
5624   switch (U->getOpcode()) {
5625   case Instruction::Trunc:
5626     return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
5627 
5628   case Instruction::ZExt:
5629     return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
5630 
5631   case Instruction::SExt:
5632     return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
5633 
5634   case Instruction::BitCast:
5635     // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast.
5636     if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType()))
5637       return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
5638     break;
5639 
5640   // It's tempting to handle inttoptr and ptrtoint as no-ops, however this can
5641   // lead to pointer expressions which cannot safely be expanded to GEPs,
5642   // because ScalarEvolution doesn't respect the GEP aliasing rules when
5643   // simplifying integer expressions.
5644 
5645   case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
5646     return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U));
5647 
5648   case Instruction::PHI:
5649     return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U));
5650 
5651   case Instruction::Select:
5652     // U can also be a select constant expr, which let fall through.  Since
5653     // createNodeForSelect only works for a condition that is an `ICmpInst`, and
5654     // constant expressions cannot have instructions as operands, we'd have
5655     // returned getUnknown for a select constant expressions anyway.
5656     if (isa<Instruction>(U))
5657       return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(cast<Instruction>(U), U->getOperand(0),
5658                                       U->getOperand(1), U->getOperand(2));
5659     break;
5660 
5661   case Instruction::Call:
5662   case Instruction::Invoke:
5663     if (Value *RV = CallSite(U).getReturnedArgOperand())
5664       return getSCEV(RV);
5665     break;
5666   }
5667 
5668   return getUnknown(V);
5669 }
5670 
5671 
5672 
5673 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5674 //                   Iteration Count Computation Code
5675 //
5676 
5677 static unsigned getConstantTripCount(const SCEVConstant *ExitCount) {
5678   if (!ExitCount)
5679     return 0;
5680 
5681   ConstantInt *ExitConst = ExitCount->getValue();
5682 
5683   // Guard against huge trip counts.
5684   if (ExitConst->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32)
5685     return 0;
5686 
5687   // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct.
5688   return ((unsigned)ExitConst->getZExtValue()) + 1;
5689 }
5690 
5691 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L) {
5692   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
5693     return getSmallConstantTripCount(L, ExitingBB);
5694 
5695   // No trip count information for multiple exits.
5696   return 0;
5697 }
5698 
5699 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L,
5700                                                     BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
5701   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
5702   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
5703          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
5704   const SCEVConstant *ExitCount =
5705       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock));
5706   return getConstantTripCount(ExitCount);
5707 }
5708 
5709 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(const Loop *L) {
5710   const auto *MaxExitCount =
5711       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L));
5712   return getConstantTripCount(MaxExitCount);
5713 }
5714 
5715 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L) {
5716   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
5717     return getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L, ExitingBB);
5718 
5719   // No trip multiple information for multiple exits.
5720   return 0;
5721 }
5722 
5723 /// Returns the largest constant divisor of the trip count of this loop as a
5724 /// normal unsigned value, if possible. This means that the actual trip count is
5725 /// always a multiple of the returned value (don't forget the trip count could
5726 /// very well be zero as well!).
5727 ///
5728 /// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the
5729 /// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply
5730 /// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1
5731 /// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32).
5732 ///
5733 /// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes
5734 /// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock.
5735 unsigned
5736 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L,
5737                                               BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
5738   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
5739   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
5740          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
5741   const SCEV *ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock);
5742   if (ExitCount == getCouldNotCompute())
5743     return 1;
5744 
5745   // Get the trip count from the BE count by adding 1.
5746   const SCEV *TCExpr = getAddExpr(ExitCount, getOne(ExitCount->getType()));
5747 
5748   const SCEVConstant *TC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(TCExpr);
5749   if (!TC)
5750     // Attempt to factor more general cases. Returns the greatest power of
5751     // two divisor. If overflow happens, the trip count expression is still
5752     // divisible by the greatest power of 2 divisor returned.
5753     return 1U << std::min((uint32_t)31, GetMinTrailingZeros(TCExpr));
5754 
5755   ConstantInt *Result = TC->getValue();
5756 
5757   // Guard against huge trip counts (this requires checking
5758   // for zero to handle the case where the trip count == -1 and the
5759   // addition wraps).
5760   if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32 ||
5761       Result->getValue().getActiveBits() == 0)
5762     return 1;
5763 
5764   return (unsigned)Result->getZExtValue();
5765 }
5766 
5767 /// Get the expression for the number of loop iterations for which this loop is
5768 /// guaranteed not to exit via ExitingBlock. Otherwise return
5769 /// SCEVCouldNotCompute.
5770 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(const Loop *L,
5771                                           BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
5772   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this);
5773 }
5774 
5775 const SCEV *
5776 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
5777                                                  SCEVUnionPredicate &Preds) {
5778   return getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this, &Preds);
5779 }
5780 
5781 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
5782   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this);
5783 }
5784 
5785 /// Similar to getBackedgeTakenCount, except return the least SCEV value that is
5786 /// known never to be less than the actual backedge taken count.
5787 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
5788   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getMax(this);
5789 }
5790 
5791 bool ScalarEvolution::isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(const Loop *L) {
5792   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).isMaxOrZero(this);
5793 }
5794 
5795 /// Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop onto the given Worklist.
5796 static void
5797 PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
5798   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
5799 
5800   // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack.
5801   for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin();
5802        PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I); ++I)
5803     Worklist.push_back(PN);
5804 }
5805 
5806 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
5807 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
5808   auto &BTI = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
5809   if (BTI.hasFullInfo())
5810     return BTI;
5811 
5812   auto Pair = PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.insert({L, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
5813 
5814   if (!Pair.second)
5815     return Pair.first->second;
5816 
5817   BackedgeTakenInfo Result =
5818       computeBackedgeTakenCount(L, /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
5819 
5820   return PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
5821 }
5822 
5823 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
5824 ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
5825   // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion
5826   // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and
5827   // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV
5828   // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new
5829   // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion.
5830   std::pair<DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair =
5831       BackedgeTakenCounts.insert({L, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
5832   if (!Pair.second)
5833     return Pair.first->second;
5834 
5835   // computeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it
5836   // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result
5837   // must be cleared in this scope.
5838   BackedgeTakenInfo Result = computeBackedgeTakenCount(L);
5839 
5840   if (Result.getExact(this) != getCouldNotCompute()) {
5841     assert(isLoopInvariant(Result.getExact(this), L) &&
5842            isLoopInvariant(Result.getMax(this), L) &&
5843            "Computed backedge-taken count isn't loop invariant for loop!");
5844     ++NumTripCountsComputed;
5845   }
5846   else if (Result.getMax(this) == getCouldNotCompute() &&
5847            isa<PHINode>(L->getHeader()->begin())) {
5848     // Only count loops that have phi nodes as not being computable.
5849     ++NumTripCountsNotComputed;
5850   }
5851 
5852   // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any
5853   // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only
5854   // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count
5855   // information. This is similar to the code in forgetLoop, except that
5856   // it handles SCEVUnknown PHI nodes specially.
5857   if (Result.hasAnyInfo()) {
5858     SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
5859     PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist);
5860 
5861     SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
5862     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
5863       Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
5864       if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
5865         continue;
5866 
5867       ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
5868         ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
5869       if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
5870         const SCEV *Old = It->second;
5871 
5872         // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
5873         // structure, or it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
5874         // by createNodeForPHI.  In the former case, additional loop trip
5875         // count information isn't going to change anything. In the later
5876         // case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary updates on its
5877         // own when it gets to that point.
5878         if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old)) {
5879           eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
5880           forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
5881         }
5882         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
5883           ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
5884       }
5885 
5886       PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
5887     }
5888   }
5889 
5890   // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to
5891   // computeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a
5892   // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different
5893   // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed
5894   // earlier.
5895   return BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
5896 }
5897 
5898 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) {
5899   // Drop any stored trip count value.
5900   auto RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap =
5901       [L](DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo> &Map) {
5902         auto BTCPos = Map.find(L);
5903         if (BTCPos != Map.end()) {
5904           BTCPos->second.clear();
5905           Map.erase(BTCPos);
5906         }
5907       };
5908 
5909   RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap(BackedgeTakenCounts);
5910   RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap(PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts);
5911 
5912   // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
5913   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
5914   PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist);
5915 
5916   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
5917   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
5918     Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
5919     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
5920       continue;
5921 
5922     ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
5923       ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
5924     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
5925       eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
5926       forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
5927       if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
5928         ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
5929     }
5930 
5931     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
5932   }
5933 
5934   // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the
5935   // ValuesAtScopes map.
5936   for (Loop *I : *L)
5937     forgetLoop(I);
5938 
5939   LoopPropertiesCache.erase(L);
5940 }
5941 
5942 void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) {
5943   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
5944   if (!I) return;
5945 
5946   // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
5947   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
5948   Worklist.push_back(I);
5949 
5950   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
5951   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
5952     I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
5953     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
5954       continue;
5955 
5956     ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
5957       ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
5958     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
5959       eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
5960       forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
5961       if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
5962         ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
5963     }
5964 
5965     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
5966   }
5967 }
5968 
5969 /// Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop exits. A
5970 /// computable result can only be returned for loops with a single exit.
5971 /// Returning the minimum taken count among all exits is incorrect because one
5972 /// of the loop's exit limit's may have been skipped. howFarToZero assumes that
5973 /// the limit of each loop test is never skipped. This is a valid assumption as
5974 /// long as the loop exits via that test. For precise results, it is the
5975 /// caller's responsibility to specify the relevant loop exit using
5976 /// getExact(ExitingBlock, SE).
5977 const SCEV *
5978 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(ScalarEvolution *SE,
5979                                              SCEVUnionPredicate *Preds) const {
5980   // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable.
5981   if (!isComplete() || ExitNotTaken.empty())
5982     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
5983 
5984   const SCEV *BECount = nullptr;
5985   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken) {
5986     assert(ENT.ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && "bad exit SCEV");
5987 
5988     if (!BECount)
5989       BECount = ENT.ExactNotTaken;
5990     else if (BECount != ENT.ExactNotTaken)
5991       return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
5992     if (Preds && !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
5993       Preds->add(ENT.Predicate.get());
5994 
5995     assert((Preds || ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate()) &&
5996            "Predicate should be always true!");
5997   }
5998 
5999   assert(BECount && "Invalid not taken count for loop exit");
6000   return BECount;
6001 }
6002 
6003 /// Get the exact not taken count for this loop exit.
6004 const SCEV *
6005 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
6006                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6007   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
6008     if (ENT.ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock && ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
6009       return ENT.ExactNotTaken;
6010 
6011   return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6012 }
6013 
6014 /// getMax - Get the max backedge taken count for the loop.
6015 const SCEV *
6016 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getMax(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6017   auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue = [](const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT) {
6018     return !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
6019   };
6020 
6021   if (any_of(ExitNotTaken, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue) || !getMax())
6022     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6023 
6024   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getMax()) || isa<SCEVConstant>(getMax())) &&
6025          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6026   return getMax();
6027 }
6028 
6029 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::isMaxOrZero(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6030   auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue = [](const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT) {
6031     return !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
6032   };
6033   return MaxOrZero && !any_of(ExitNotTaken, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue);
6034 }
6035 
6036 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::hasOperand(const SCEV *S,
6037                                                     ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6038   if (getMax() && getMax() != SE->getCouldNotCompute() &&
6039       SE->hasOperand(getMax(), S))
6040     return true;
6041 
6042   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
6043     if (ENT.ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() &&
6044         SE->hasOperand(ENT.ExactNotTaken, S))
6045       return true;
6046 
6047   return false;
6048 }
6049 
6050 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E)
6051     : ExactNotTaken(E), MaxNotTaken(E), MaxOrZero(false) {
6052   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6053           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6054          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6055 }
6056 
6057 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
6058     const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M, bool MaxOrZero,
6059     ArrayRef<const SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *> PredSetList)
6060     : ExactNotTaken(E), MaxNotTaken(M), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
6061   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExactNotTaken) ||
6062           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6063          "Exact is not allowed to be less precise than Max");
6064   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6065           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6066          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6067   for (auto *PredSet : PredSetList)
6068     for (auto *P : *PredSet)
6069       addPredicate(P);
6070 }
6071 
6072 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
6073     const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M, bool MaxOrZero,
6074     const SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &PredSet)
6075     : ExitLimit(E, M, MaxOrZero, {&PredSet}) {
6076   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6077           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6078          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6079 }
6080 
6081 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M,
6082                                       bool MaxOrZero)
6083     : ExitLimit(E, M, MaxOrZero, None) {
6084   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6085           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6086          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6087 }
6088 
6089 /// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each
6090 /// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array.
6091 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo(
6092     SmallVectorImpl<ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo>
6093         &&ExitCounts,
6094     bool Complete, const SCEV *MaxCount, bool MaxOrZero)
6095     : MaxAndComplete(MaxCount, Complete), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
6096   typedef ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo EdgeExitInfo;
6097   ExitNotTaken.reserve(ExitCounts.size());
6098   std::transform(
6099       ExitCounts.begin(), ExitCounts.end(), std::back_inserter(ExitNotTaken),
6100       [&](const EdgeExitInfo &EEI) {
6101         BasicBlock *ExitBB = EEI.first;
6102         const ExitLimit &EL = EEI.second;
6103         if (EL.Predicates.empty())
6104           return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB, EL.ExactNotTaken, nullptr);
6105 
6106         std::unique_ptr<SCEVUnionPredicate> Predicate(new SCEVUnionPredicate);
6107         for (auto *Pred : EL.Predicates)
6108           Predicate->add(Pred);
6109 
6110         return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB, EL.ExactNotTaken, std::move(Predicate));
6111       });
6112   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxCount) || isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxCount)) &&
6113          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6114 }
6115 
6116 /// Invalidate this result and free the ExitNotTakenInfo array.
6117 void ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::clear() {
6118   ExitNotTaken.clear();
6119 }
6120 
6121 /// Compute the number of times the backedge of the specified loop will execute.
6122 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
6123 ScalarEvolution::computeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
6124                                            bool AllowPredicates) {
6125   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks;
6126   L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
6127 
6128   typedef ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo EdgeExitInfo;
6129 
6130   SmallVector<EdgeExitInfo, 4> ExitCounts;
6131   bool CouldComputeBECount = true;
6132   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL.
6133   const SCEV *MustExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
6134   const SCEV *MayExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
6135   bool MustExitMaxOrZero = false;
6136 
6137   // Compute the ExitLimit for each loop exit. Use this to populate ExitCounts
6138   // and compute maxBECount.
6139   // Do a union of all the predicates here.
6140   for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExitingBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) {
6141     BasicBlock *ExitBB = ExitingBlocks[i];
6142     ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimit(L, ExitBB, AllowPredicates);
6143 
6144     assert((AllowPredicates || EL.Predicates.empty()) &&
6145            "Predicated exit limit when predicates are not allowed!");
6146 
6147     // 1. For each exit that can be computed, add an entry to ExitCounts.
6148     // CouldComputeBECount is true only if all exits can be computed.
6149     if (EL.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6150       // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so
6151       // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop.
6152       CouldComputeBECount = false;
6153     else
6154       ExitCounts.emplace_back(ExitBB, EL);
6155 
6156     // 2. Derive the loop's MaxBECount from each exit's max number of
6157     // non-exiting iterations. Partition the loop exits into two kinds:
6158     // LoopMustExits and LoopMayExits.
6159     //
6160     // If the exit dominates the loop latch, it is a LoopMustExit otherwise it
6161     // is a LoopMayExit.  If any computable LoopMustExit is found, then
6162     // MaxBECount is the minimum EL.MaxNotTaken of computable
6163     // LoopMustExits. Otherwise, MaxBECount is conservatively the maximum
6164     // EL.MaxNotTaken, where CouldNotCompute is considered greater than any
6165     // computable EL.MaxNotTaken.
6166     if (EL.MaxNotTaken != getCouldNotCompute() && Latch &&
6167         DT.dominates(ExitBB, Latch)) {
6168       if (!MustExitMaxBECount) {
6169         MustExitMaxBECount = EL.MaxNotTaken;
6170         MustExitMaxOrZero = EL.MaxOrZero;
6171       } else {
6172         MustExitMaxBECount =
6173             getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MustExitMaxBECount, EL.MaxNotTaken);
6174       }
6175     } else if (MayExitMaxBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
6176       if (!MayExitMaxBECount || EL.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6177         MayExitMaxBECount = EL.MaxNotTaken;
6178       else {
6179         MayExitMaxBECount =
6180             getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MayExitMaxBECount, EL.MaxNotTaken);
6181       }
6182     }
6183   }
6184   const SCEV *MaxBECount = MustExitMaxBECount ? MustExitMaxBECount :
6185     (MayExitMaxBECount ? MayExitMaxBECount : getCouldNotCompute());
6186   // The loop backedge will be taken the maximum or zero times if there's
6187   // a single exit that must be taken the maximum or zero times.
6188   bool MaxOrZero = (MustExitMaxOrZero && ExitingBlocks.size() == 1);
6189   return BackedgeTakenInfo(std::move(ExitCounts), CouldComputeBECount,
6190                            MaxBECount, MaxOrZero);
6191 }
6192 
6193 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
6194 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimit(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
6195                                   bool AllowPredicates) {
6196 
6197   // Okay, we've chosen an exiting block.  See what condition causes us to exit
6198   // at this block and remember the exit block and whether all other targets
6199   // lead to the loop header.
6200   bool MustExecuteLoopHeader = true;
6201   BasicBlock *Exit = nullptr;
6202   for (auto *SBB : successors(ExitingBlock))
6203     if (!L->contains(SBB)) {
6204       if (Exit) // Multiple exit successors.
6205         return getCouldNotCompute();
6206       Exit = SBB;
6207     } else if (SBB != L->getHeader()) {
6208       MustExecuteLoopHeader = false;
6209     }
6210 
6211   // At this point, we know we have a conditional branch that determines whether
6212   // the loop is exited.  However, we don't know if the branch is executed each
6213   // time through the loop.  If not, then the execution count of the branch will
6214   // not be equal to the trip count of the loop.
6215   //
6216   // Currently we check for this by checking to see if the Exit branch goes to
6217   // the loop header.  If so, we know it will always execute the same number of
6218   // times as the loop.  We also handle the case where the exit block *is* the
6219   // loop header.  This is common for un-rotated loops.
6220   //
6221   // If both of those tests fail, walk up the unique predecessor chain to the
6222   // header, stopping if there is an edge that doesn't exit the loop. If the
6223   // header is reached, the execution count of the branch will be equal to the
6224   // trip count of the loop.
6225   //
6226   //  More extensive analysis could be done to handle more cases here.
6227   //
6228   if (!MustExecuteLoopHeader && ExitingBlock != L->getHeader()) {
6229     // The simple checks failed, try climbing the unique predecessor chain
6230     // up to the header.
6231     bool Ok = false;
6232     for (BasicBlock *BB = ExitingBlock; BB; ) {
6233       BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor();
6234       if (!Pred)
6235         return getCouldNotCompute();
6236       TerminatorInst *PredTerm = Pred->getTerminator();
6237       for (const BasicBlock *PredSucc : PredTerm->successors()) {
6238         if (PredSucc == BB)
6239           continue;
6240         // If the predecessor has a successor that isn't BB and isn't
6241         // outside the loop, assume the worst.
6242         if (L->contains(PredSucc))
6243           return getCouldNotCompute();
6244       }
6245       if (Pred == L->getHeader()) {
6246         Ok = true;
6247         break;
6248       }
6249       BB = Pred;
6250     }
6251     if (!Ok)
6252       return getCouldNotCompute();
6253   }
6254 
6255   bool IsOnlyExit = (L->getExitingBlock() != nullptr);
6256   TerminatorInst *Term = ExitingBlock->getTerminator();
6257   if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Term)) {
6258     assert(BI->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!");
6259     // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression.
6260     return computeExitLimitFromCond(
6261         L, BI->getCondition(), BI->getSuccessor(0), BI->getSuccessor(1),
6262         /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit, AllowPredicates);
6263   }
6264 
6265   if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(Term))
6266     return computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(L, SI, Exit,
6267                                                 /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit);
6268 
6269   return getCouldNotCompute();
6270 }
6271 
6272 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCond(
6273     const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, BasicBlock *TBB, BasicBlock *FBB,
6274     bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
6275   ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCacheTy Cache(L, TBB, FBB, AllowPredicates);
6276   return computeExitLimitFromCondCached(Cache, L, ExitCond, TBB, FBB,
6277                                         ControlsExit, AllowPredicates);
6278 }
6279 
6280 Optional<ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit>
6281 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::find(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
6282                                       BasicBlock *TBB, BasicBlock *FBB,
6283                                       bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
6284   (void)this->L;
6285   (void)this->TBB;
6286   (void)this->FBB;
6287   (void)this->AllowPredicates;
6288 
6289   assert(this->L == L && this->TBB == TBB && this->FBB == FBB &&
6290          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
6291          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
6292   auto Itr = TripCountMap.find({ExitCond, ControlsExit});
6293   if (Itr == TripCountMap.end())
6294     return None;
6295   return Itr->second;
6296 }
6297 
6298 void ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::insert(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
6299                                              BasicBlock *TBB, BasicBlock *FBB,
6300                                              bool ControlsExit,
6301                                              bool AllowPredicates,
6302                                              const ExitLimit &EL) {
6303   assert(this->L == L && this->TBB == TBB && this->FBB == FBB &&
6304          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
6305          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
6306 
6307   auto InsertResult = TripCountMap.insert({{ExitCond, ControlsExit}, EL});
6308   assert(InsertResult.second && "Expected successful insertion!");
6309   (void)InsertResult;
6310 }
6311 
6312 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
6313     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, BasicBlock *TBB,
6314     BasicBlock *FBB, bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
6315 
6316   if (auto MaybeEL =
6317           Cache.find(L, ExitCond, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit, AllowPredicates))
6318     return *MaybeEL;
6319 
6320   ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(Cache, L, ExitCond, TBB, FBB,
6321                                               ControlsExit, AllowPredicates);
6322   Cache.insert(L, ExitCond, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit, AllowPredicates, EL);
6323   return EL;
6324 }
6325 
6326 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(
6327     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, BasicBlock *TBB,
6328     BasicBlock *FBB, bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
6329   // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or.
6330   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond)) {
6331     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
6332       // Recurse on the operands of the and.
6333       bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(TBB);
6334       ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
6335           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit,
6336           AllowPredicates);
6337       ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
6338           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit,
6339           AllowPredicates);
6340       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6341       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6342       if (EitherMayExit) {
6343         // Both conditions must be true for the loop to continue executing.
6344         // Choose the less conservative count.
6345         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute() ||
6346             EL1.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6347           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6348         else
6349           BECount =
6350               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ExactNotTaken, EL1.ExactNotTaken);
6351         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6352           MaxBECount = EL1.MaxNotTaken;
6353         else if (EL1.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6354           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
6355         else
6356           MaxBECount =
6357               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.MaxNotTaken, EL1.MaxNotTaken);
6358       } else {
6359         // Both conditions must be true at the same time for the loop to exit.
6360         // For now, be conservative.
6361         assert(L->contains(FBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!");
6362         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == EL1.MaxNotTaken)
6363           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
6364         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == EL1.ExactNotTaken)
6365           BECount = EL0.ExactNotTaken;
6366       }
6367 
6368       // There are cases (e.g. PR26207) where computeExitLimitFromCond is able
6369       // to be more aggressive when computing BECount than when computing
6370       // MaxBECount.  In these cases it is possible for EL0.ExactNotTaken and
6371       // EL1.ExactNotTaken to match, but for EL0.MaxNotTaken and EL1.MaxNotTaken
6372       // to not.
6373       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
6374           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
6375         MaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
6376 
6377       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false,
6378                        {&EL0.Predicates, &EL1.Predicates});
6379     }
6380     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
6381       // Recurse on the operands of the or.
6382       bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(FBB);
6383       ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
6384           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit,
6385           AllowPredicates);
6386       ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
6387           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit,
6388           AllowPredicates);
6389       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6390       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6391       if (EitherMayExit) {
6392         // Both conditions must be false for the loop to continue executing.
6393         // Choose the less conservative count.
6394         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute() ||
6395             EL1.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6396           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6397         else
6398           BECount =
6399               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ExactNotTaken, EL1.ExactNotTaken);
6400         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6401           MaxBECount = EL1.MaxNotTaken;
6402         else if (EL1.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6403           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
6404         else
6405           MaxBECount =
6406               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.MaxNotTaken, EL1.MaxNotTaken);
6407       } else {
6408         // Both conditions must be false at the same time for the loop to exit.
6409         // For now, be conservative.
6410         assert(L->contains(TBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!");
6411         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == EL1.MaxNotTaken)
6412           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
6413         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == EL1.ExactNotTaken)
6414           BECount = EL0.ExactNotTaken;
6415       }
6416 
6417       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false,
6418                        {&EL0.Predicates, &EL1.Predicates});
6419     }
6420   }
6421 
6422   // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count.
6423   // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp.
6424   if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond)) {
6425     ExitLimit EL =
6426         computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit);
6427     if (EL.hasFullInfo() || !AllowPredicates)
6428       return EL;
6429 
6430     // Try again, but use SCEV predicates this time.
6431     return computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit,
6432                                     /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
6433   }
6434 
6435   // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by
6436   // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to
6437   // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions
6438   // in place.
6439   if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) {
6440     if (L->contains(FBB) == !CI->getZExtValue())
6441       // The backedge is always taken.
6442       return getCouldNotCompute();
6443     else
6444       // The backedge is never taken.
6445       return getZero(CI->getType());
6446   }
6447 
6448   // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way.
6449   return computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB));
6450 }
6451 
6452 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
6453 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromICmp(const Loop *L,
6454                                           ICmpInst *ExitCond,
6455                                           BasicBlock *TBB,
6456                                           BasicBlock *FBB,
6457                                           bool ControlsExit,
6458                                           bool AllowPredicates) {
6459 
6460   // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false
6461   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond;
6462   if (!L->contains(FBB))
6463     Cond = ExitCond->getPredicate();
6464   else
6465     Cond = ExitCond->getInversePredicate();
6466 
6467   // Handle common loops like: for (X = "string"; *X; ++X)
6468   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ExitCond->getOperand(0)))
6469     if (Constant *RHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(ExitCond->getOperand(1))) {
6470       ExitLimit ItCnt =
6471         computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(LI, RHS, L, Cond);
6472       if (ItCnt.hasAnyInfo())
6473         return ItCnt;
6474     }
6475 
6476   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0));
6477   const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1));
6478 
6479   // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop.
6480   LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L);
6481   RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L);
6482 
6483   // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the
6484   // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs.
6485   if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
6486     // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS.
6487     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
6488     Cond = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Cond);
6489   }
6490 
6491   // Simplify the operands before analyzing them.
6492   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS);
6493 
6494   // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value
6495   // ranges to answer this query.
6496   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
6497     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
6498       if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) {
6499         // Form the constant range.
6500         ConstantRange CompRange =
6501             ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Cond, RHSC->getAPInt());
6502 
6503         const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this);
6504         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret;
6505       }
6506 
6507   switch (Cond) {
6508   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: {                     // while (X != Y)
6509     // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0)
6510     ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit,
6511                                 AllowPredicates);
6512     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
6513     break;
6514   }
6515   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: {                     // while (X == Y)
6516     // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0)
6517     ExitLimit EL = howFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L);
6518     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
6519     break;
6520   }
6521   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
6522   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {                    // while (X < Y)
6523     bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
6524     ExitLimit EL = howManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit,
6525                                     AllowPredicates);
6526     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
6527     break;
6528   }
6529   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
6530   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: {                    // while (X > Y)
6531     bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
6532     ExitLimit EL =
6533         howManyGreaterThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit,
6534                             AllowPredicates);
6535     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
6536     break;
6537   }
6538   default:
6539     break;
6540   }
6541 
6542   auto *ExhaustiveCount =
6543       computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB));
6544 
6545   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExhaustiveCount))
6546     return ExhaustiveCount;
6547 
6548   return computeShiftCompareExitLimit(ExitCond->getOperand(0),
6549                                       ExitCond->getOperand(1), L, Cond);
6550 }
6551 
6552 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
6553 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop *L,
6554                                                       SwitchInst *Switch,
6555                                                       BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
6556                                                       bool ControlsExit) {
6557   assert(!L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Not an exiting block!");
6558 
6559   // Give up if the exit is the default dest of a switch.
6560   if (Switch->getDefaultDest() == ExitingBlock)
6561     return getCouldNotCompute();
6562 
6563   assert(L->contains(Switch->getDefaultDest()) &&
6564          "Default case must not exit the loop!");
6565   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Switch->getCondition(), L);
6566   const SCEV *RHS = getConstant(Switch->findCaseDest(ExitingBlock));
6567 
6568   // while (X != Y) --> while (X-Y != 0)
6569   ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit);
6570   if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
6571     return EL;
6572 
6573   return getCouldNotCompute();
6574 }
6575 
6576 static ConstantInt *
6577 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C,
6578                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) {
6579   const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C);
6580   const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE);
6581   assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) &&
6582          "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?");
6583   return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue();
6584 }
6585 
6586 /// Given an exit condition of 'icmp op load X, cst', try to see if we can
6587 /// compute the backedge execution count.
6588 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
6589 ScalarEvolution::computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(
6590   LoadInst *LI,
6591   Constant *RHS,
6592   const Loop *L,
6593   ICmpInst::Predicate predicate) {
6594 
6595   if (LI->isVolatile()) return getCouldNotCompute();
6596 
6597   // Check to see if the loaded pointer is a getelementptr of a global.
6598   // TODO: Use SCEV instead of manually grubbing with GEPs.
6599   GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0));
6600   if (!GEP) return getCouldNotCompute();
6601 
6602   // Make sure that it is really a constant global we are gepping, with an
6603   // initializer, and make sure the first IDX is really 0.
6604   GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0));
6605   if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() ||
6606       GEP->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1)) ||
6607       !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
6608     return getCouldNotCompute();
6609 
6610   // Okay, we allow one non-constant index into the GEP instruction.
6611   Value *VarIdx = nullptr;
6612   std::vector<Constant*> Indexes;
6613   unsigned VarIdxNum = 0;
6614   for (unsigned i = 2, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
6615     if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
6616       Indexes.push_back(CI);
6617     } else if (!isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
6618       if (VarIdx) return getCouldNotCompute();  // Multiple non-constant idx's.
6619       VarIdx = GEP->getOperand(i);
6620       VarIdxNum = i-2;
6621       Indexes.push_back(nullptr);
6622     }
6623 
6624   // Loop-invariant loads may be a byproduct of loop optimization. Skip them.
6625   if (!VarIdx)
6626     return getCouldNotCompute();
6627 
6628   // Okay, we know we have a (load (gep GV, 0, X)) comparison with a constant.
6629   // Check to see if X is a loop variant variable value now.
6630   const SCEV *Idx = getSCEV(VarIdx);
6631   Idx = getSCEVAtScope(Idx, L);
6632 
6633   // We can only recognize very limited forms of loop index expressions, in
6634   // particular, only affine AddRec's like {C1,+,C2}.
6635   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IdxExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Idx);
6636   if (!IdxExpr || !IdxExpr->isAffine() || isLoopInvariant(IdxExpr, L) ||
6637       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(0)) ||
6638       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(1)))
6639     return getCouldNotCompute();
6640 
6641   unsigned MaxSteps = MaxBruteForceIterations;
6642   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxSteps; ++IterationNum) {
6643     ConstantInt *ItCst = ConstantInt::get(
6644                            cast<IntegerType>(IdxExpr->getType()), IterationNum);
6645     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(IdxExpr, ItCst, *this);
6646 
6647     // Form the GEP offset.
6648     Indexes[VarIdxNum] = Val;
6649 
6650     Constant *Result = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPIndices(GV->getInitializer(),
6651                                                          Indexes);
6652     if (!Result) break;  // Cannot compute!
6653 
6654     // Evaluate the condition for this iteration.
6655     Result = ConstantExpr::getICmp(predicate, Result, RHS);
6656     if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Result)) break;  // Couldn't decide for sure
6657     if (cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getValue().isMinValue()) {
6658       ++NumArrayLenItCounts;
6659       return getConstant(ItCst);   // Found terminating iteration!
6660     }
6661   }
6662   return getCouldNotCompute();
6663 }
6664 
6665 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeShiftCompareExitLimit(
6666     Value *LHS, Value *RHSV, const Loop *L, ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
6667   ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSV);
6668   if (!RHS)
6669     return getCouldNotCompute();
6670 
6671   const BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
6672   if (!Latch)
6673     return getCouldNotCompute();
6674 
6675   const BasicBlock *Predecessor = L->getLoopPredecessor();
6676   if (!Predecessor)
6677     return getCouldNotCompute();
6678 
6679   // Return true if V is of the form "LHS `shift_op` <positive constant>".
6680   // Return LHS in OutLHS and shift_opt in OutOpCode.
6681   auto MatchPositiveShift =
6682       [](Value *V, Value *&OutLHS, Instruction::BinaryOps &OutOpCode) {
6683 
6684     using namespace PatternMatch;
6685 
6686     ConstantInt *ShiftAmt;
6687     if (match(V, m_LShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
6688       OutOpCode = Instruction::LShr;
6689     else if (match(V, m_AShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
6690       OutOpCode = Instruction::AShr;
6691     else if (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
6692       OutOpCode = Instruction::Shl;
6693     else
6694       return false;
6695 
6696     return ShiftAmt->getValue().isStrictlyPositive();
6697   };
6698 
6699   // Recognize a "shift recurrence" either of the form %iv or of %iv.shifted in
6700   //
6701   // loop:
6702   //   %iv = phi i32 [ %iv.shifted, %loop ], [ %val, %preheader ]
6703   //   %iv.shifted = lshr i32 %iv, <positive constant>
6704   //
6705   // Return true on a successful match.  Return the corresponding PHI node (%iv
6706   // above) in PNOut and the opcode of the shift operation in OpCodeOut.
6707   auto MatchShiftRecurrence =
6708       [&](Value *V, PHINode *&PNOut, Instruction::BinaryOps &OpCodeOut) {
6709     Optional<Instruction::BinaryOps> PostShiftOpCode;
6710 
6711     {
6712       Instruction::BinaryOps OpC;
6713       Value *V;
6714 
6715       // If we encounter a shift instruction, "peel off" the shift operation,
6716       // and remember that we did so.  Later when we inspect %iv's backedge
6717       // value, we will make sure that the backedge value uses the same
6718       // operation.
6719       //
6720       // Note: the peeled shift operation does not have to be the same
6721       // instruction as the one feeding into the PHI's backedge value.  We only
6722       // really care about it being the same *kind* of shift instruction --
6723       // that's all that is required for our later inferences to hold.
6724       if (MatchPositiveShift(LHS, V, OpC)) {
6725         PostShiftOpCode = OpC;
6726         LHS = V;
6727       }
6728     }
6729 
6730     PNOut = dyn_cast<PHINode>(LHS);
6731     if (!PNOut || PNOut->getParent() != L->getHeader())
6732       return false;
6733 
6734     Value *BEValue = PNOut->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
6735     Value *OpLHS;
6736 
6737     return
6738         // The backedge value for the PHI node must be a shift by a positive
6739         // amount
6740         MatchPositiveShift(BEValue, OpLHS, OpCodeOut) &&
6741 
6742         // of the PHI node itself
6743         OpLHS == PNOut &&
6744 
6745         // and the kind of shift should be match the kind of shift we peeled
6746         // off, if any.
6747         (!PostShiftOpCode.hasValue() || *PostShiftOpCode == OpCodeOut);
6748   };
6749 
6750   PHINode *PN;
6751   Instruction::BinaryOps OpCode;
6752   if (!MatchShiftRecurrence(LHS, PN, OpCode))
6753     return getCouldNotCompute();
6754 
6755   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
6756 
6757   // The key rationale for this optimization is that for some kinds of shift
6758   // recurrences, the value of the recurrence "stabilizes" to either 0 or -1
6759   // within a finite number of iterations.  If the condition guarding the
6760   // backedge (in the sense that the backedge is taken if the condition is true)
6761   // is false for the value the shift recurrence stabilizes to, then we know
6762   // that the backedge is taken only a finite number of times.
6763 
6764   ConstantInt *StableValue = nullptr;
6765   switch (OpCode) {
6766   default:
6767     llvm_unreachable("Impossible case!");
6768 
6769   case Instruction::AShr: {
6770     // {K,ashr,<positive-constant>} stabilizes to signum(K) in at most
6771     // bitwidth(K) iterations.
6772     Value *FirstValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Predecessor);
6773     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(FirstValue, DL, 0, nullptr,
6774                                        Predecessor->getTerminator(), &DT);
6775     auto *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType());
6776     if (Known.isNonNegative())
6777       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 0);
6778     else if (Known.isNegative())
6779       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, -1, true);
6780     else
6781       return getCouldNotCompute();
6782 
6783     break;
6784   }
6785   case Instruction::LShr:
6786   case Instruction::Shl:
6787     // Both {K,lshr,<positive-constant>} and {K,shl,<positive-constant>}
6788     // stabilize to 0 in at most bitwidth(K) iterations.
6789     StableValue = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType()), 0);
6790     break;
6791   }
6792 
6793   auto *Result =
6794       ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Pred, StableValue, RHS, DL, &TLI);
6795   assert(Result->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
6796          "Otherwise cannot be an operand to a branch instruction");
6797 
6798   if (Result->isZeroValue()) {
6799     unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
6800     const SCEV *UpperBound =
6801         getConstant(getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()), BitWidth);
6802     return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute(), UpperBound, false);
6803   }
6804 
6805   return getCouldNotCompute();
6806 }
6807 
6808 /// Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the specified type,
6809 /// assuming that all operands were constants.
6810 static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) {
6811   if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) ||
6812       isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) ||
6813       isa<LoadInst>(I))
6814     return true;
6815 
6816   if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
6817     if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
6818       return canConstantFoldCallTo(CI, F);
6819   return false;
6820 }
6821 
6822 /// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop
6823 /// assuming its operands can all constant evolve.
6824 static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
6825   // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI.
6826   if (!L->contains(I)) return false;
6827 
6828   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) {
6829     // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate
6830     // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops.
6831     return L->getHeader() == I->getParent();
6832   }
6833 
6834   // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands
6835   // are constants, bail early.
6836   return CanConstantFold(I);
6837 }
6838 
6839 /// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by
6840 /// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi.
6841 static PHINode *
6842 getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction *UseInst, const Loop *L,
6843                                DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> &PHIMap,
6844                                unsigned Depth) {
6845   if (Depth > MaxConstantEvolvingDepth)
6846     return nullptr;
6847 
6848   // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are
6849   // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves.
6850   PHINode *PHI = nullptr;
6851   for (Value *Op : UseInst->operands()) {
6852     if (isa<Constant>(Op)) continue;
6853 
6854     Instruction *OpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op);
6855     if (!OpInst || !canConstantEvolve(OpInst, L)) return nullptr;
6856 
6857     PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OpInst);
6858     if (!P)
6859       // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result.
6860       // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the
6861       // inconsistent paths meet.
6862       P = PHIMap.lookup(OpInst);
6863     if (!P) {
6864       // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not.
6865       // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap.
6866       P = getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst, L, PHIMap, Depth + 1);
6867       PHIMap[OpInst] = P;
6868     }
6869     if (!P)
6870       return nullptr;  // Not evolving from PHI
6871     if (PHI && PHI != P)
6872       return nullptr;  // Evolving from multiple different PHIs.
6873     PHI = P;
6874   }
6875   // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI!
6876   return PHI;
6877 }
6878 
6879 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node
6880 /// in the loop that V is derived from.  We allow arbitrary operations along the
6881 /// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value
6882 /// derived from a constant PHI.  If this expression does not fit with these
6883 /// constraints, return null.
6884 static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
6885   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
6886   if (!I || !canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
6887 
6888   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
6889     return PN;
6890 
6891   // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop.
6892   DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> PHIMap;
6893   return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I, L, PHIMap, 0);
6894 }
6895 
6896 /// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the
6897 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node
6898 /// in the loop has the value PHIVal.  If we can't fold this expression for some
6899 /// reason, return null.
6900 static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L,
6901                                     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals,
6902                                     const DataLayout &DL,
6903                                     const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
6904   // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls.
6905   if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C;
6906   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
6907   if (!I) return nullptr;
6908 
6909   if (Constant *C = Vals.lookup(I)) return C;
6910 
6911   // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we
6912   // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop.
6913   if (!canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
6914 
6915   // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop,
6916   // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we
6917   // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time.
6918   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) return nullptr;
6919 
6920   std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands());
6921 
6922   for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
6923     Instruction *Operand = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i));
6924     if (!Operand) {
6925       Operands[i] = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(i));
6926       if (!Operands[i]) return nullptr;
6927       continue;
6928     }
6929     Constant *C = EvaluateExpression(Operand, L, Vals, DL, TLI);
6930     Vals[Operand] = C;
6931     if (!C) return nullptr;
6932     Operands[i] = C;
6933   }
6934 
6935   if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
6936     return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
6937                                            Operands[1], DL, TLI);
6938   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
6939     if (!LI->isVolatile())
6940       return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], LI->getType(), DL);
6941   }
6942   return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, TLI);
6943 }
6944 
6945 
6946 // If every incoming value to PN except the one for BB is a specific Constant,
6947 // return that, else return nullptr.
6948 static Constant *getOtherIncomingValue(PHINode *PN, BasicBlock *BB) {
6949   Constant *IncomingVal = nullptr;
6950 
6951   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
6952     if (PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == BB)
6953       continue;
6954 
6955     auto *CurrentVal = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
6956     if (!CurrentVal)
6957       return nullptr;
6958 
6959     if (IncomingVal != CurrentVal) {
6960       if (IncomingVal)
6961         return nullptr;
6962       IncomingVal = CurrentVal;
6963     }
6964   }
6965 
6966   return IncomingVal;
6967 }
6968 
6969 /// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is
6970 /// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a
6971 /// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence
6972 /// involving constants, fold it.
6973 Constant *
6974 ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN,
6975                                                    const APInt &BEs,
6976                                                    const Loop *L) {
6977   auto I = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.find(PN);
6978   if (I != ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.end())
6979     return I->second;
6980 
6981   if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations))
6982     return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN] = nullptr;  // Not going to evaluate it.
6983 
6984   Constant *&RetVal = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN];
6985 
6986   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
6987   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
6988   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
6989 
6990   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
6991   if (!Latch)
6992     return nullptr;
6993 
6994   for (auto &I : *Header) {
6995     PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I);
6996     if (!PHI) break;
6997     auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(PHI, Latch);
6998     if (!StartCST) continue;
6999     CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST;
7000   }
7001   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
7002     return RetVal = nullptr;
7003 
7004   Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7005 
7006   // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value.
7007   if (BEs.getActiveBits() >= 32)
7008     return RetVal = nullptr; // More than 2^32-1 iterations?? Not doing it!
7009 
7010   unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range
7011   unsigned IterationNum = 0;
7012   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7013   for (; ; ++IterationNum) {
7014     if (IterationNum == NumIterations)
7015       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];  // Got exit value!
7016 
7017     // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration.
7018     // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map.
7019     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
7020     Constant *NextPHI =
7021         EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7022     if (!NextPHI)
7023       return nullptr;        // Couldn't evaluate!
7024     NextIterVals[PN] = NextPHI;
7025 
7026     bool StoppedEvolving = NextPHI == CurrentIterVals[PN];
7027 
7028     // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes.  However, we don't get to stop if we
7029     // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving,
7030     // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN.
7031     SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant *>, 8> PHIsToCompute;
7032     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
7033       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
7034       if (!PHI || PHI == PN || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
7035       PHIsToCompute.emplace_back(PHI, I.second);
7036     }
7037     // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any
7038     // iterators into CurrentIterVals.
7039     for (const auto &I : PHIsToCompute) {
7040       PHINode *PHI = I.first;
7041       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
7042       if (!NextPHI) {   // Not already computed.
7043         Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7044         NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7045       }
7046       if (NextPHI != I.second)
7047         StoppedEvolving = false;
7048     }
7049 
7050     // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop
7051     // iterating, the loop can't continue to change.
7052     if (StoppedEvolving)
7053       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];
7054 
7055     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
7056   }
7057 }
7058 
7059 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop *L,
7060                                                           Value *Cond,
7061                                                           bool ExitWhen) {
7062   PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L);
7063   if (!PN) return getCouldNotCompute();
7064 
7065   // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries.
7066   // That's the only form we support here.
7067   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute();
7068 
7069   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
7070   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
7071   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
7072 
7073   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7074   assert(Latch && "Should follow from NumIncomingValues == 2!");
7075 
7076   for (auto &I : *Header) {
7077     PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I);
7078     if (!PHI)
7079       break;
7080     auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(PHI, Latch);
7081     if (!StartCST) continue;
7082     CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST;
7083   }
7084   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
7085     return getCouldNotCompute();
7086 
7087   // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop.  Execute
7088   // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of
7089   // "ExitWhen".
7090   unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations;   // Limit analysis.
7091   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7092   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxIterations;++IterationNum){
7093     auto *CondVal = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(
7094         EvaluateExpression(Cond, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI));
7095 
7096     // Couldn't symbolically evaluate.
7097     if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute();
7098 
7099     if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) {
7100       ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed;
7101       return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum);
7102     }
7103 
7104     // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration.
7105     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
7106 
7107     // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before
7108     // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators
7109     // into CurrentIterVals.
7110     SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIsToCompute;
7111     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
7112       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
7113       if (!PHI || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
7114       PHIsToCompute.push_back(PHI);
7115     }
7116     for (PHINode *PHI : PHIsToCompute) {
7117       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
7118       if (NextPHI) continue;    // Already computed!
7119 
7120       Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7121       NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7122     }
7123     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
7124   }
7125 
7126   // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate.
7127   return getCouldNotCompute();
7128 }
7129 
7130 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
7131   SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values =
7132       ValuesAtScopes[V];
7133   // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before.
7134   for (auto &LS : Values)
7135     if (LS.first == L)
7136       return LS.second ? LS.second : V;
7137 
7138   Values.emplace_back(L, nullptr);
7139 
7140   // Otherwise compute it.
7141   const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L);
7142   for (auto &LS : reverse(ValuesAtScopes[V]))
7143     if (LS.first == L) {
7144       LS.second = C;
7145       break;
7146     }
7147   return C;
7148 }
7149 
7150 /// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface.  That way, we
7151 /// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a
7152 /// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt.
7153 /// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant.
7154 static Constant *BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
7155   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(V->getSCEVType())) {
7156     case scCouldNotCompute:
7157     case scAddRecExpr:
7158       break;
7159     case scConstant:
7160       return cast<SCEVConstant>(V)->getValue();
7161     case scUnknown:
7162       return dyn_cast<Constant>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)->getValue());
7163     case scSignExtend: {
7164       const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V);
7165       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SS->getOperand()))
7166         return ConstantExpr::getSExt(CastOp, SS->getType());
7167       break;
7168     }
7169     case scZeroExtend: {
7170       const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V);
7171       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SZ->getOperand()))
7172         return ConstantExpr::getZExt(CastOp, SZ->getType());
7173       break;
7174     }
7175     case scTruncate: {
7176       const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V);
7177       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST->getOperand()))
7178         return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp, ST->getType());
7179       break;
7180     }
7181     case scAddExpr: {
7182       const SCEVAddExpr *SA = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V);
7183       if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(0))) {
7184         if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
7185           unsigned AS = PTy->getAddressSpace();
7186           Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
7187           C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
7188         }
7189         for (unsigned i = 1, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7190           Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(i));
7191           if (!C2) return nullptr;
7192 
7193           // First pointer!
7194           if (!C->getType()->isPointerTy() && C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
7195             unsigned AS = C2->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
7196             std::swap(C, C2);
7197             Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
7198             // The offsets have been converted to bytes.  We can add bytes to an
7199             // i8* by GEP with the byte count in the first index.
7200             C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
7201           }
7202 
7203           // Don't bother trying to sum two pointers. We probably can't
7204           // statically compute a load that results from it anyway.
7205           if (C2->getType()->isPointerTy())
7206             return nullptr;
7207 
7208           if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
7209             if (PTy->getElementType()->isStructTy())
7210               C2 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(
7211                   C2, Type::getInt32Ty(C->getContext()), true);
7212             C = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(PTy->getElementType(), C, C2);
7213           } else
7214             C = ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, C2);
7215         }
7216         return C;
7217       }
7218       break;
7219     }
7220     case scMulExpr: {
7221       const SCEVMulExpr *SM = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(V);
7222       if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(0))) {
7223         // Don't bother with pointers at all.
7224         if (C->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
7225         for (unsigned i = 1, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7226           Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(i));
7227           if (!C2 || C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
7228           C = ConstantExpr::getMul(C, C2);
7229         }
7230         return C;
7231       }
7232       break;
7233     }
7234     case scUDivExpr: {
7235       const SCEVUDivExpr *SU = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V);
7236       if (Constant *LHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getLHS()))
7237         if (Constant *RHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getRHS()))
7238           if (LHS->getType() == RHS->getType())
7239             return ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS);
7240       break;
7241     }
7242     case scSMaxExpr:
7243     case scUMaxExpr:
7244       break; // TODO: smax, umax.
7245   }
7246   return nullptr;
7247 }
7248 
7249 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
7250   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(V)) return V;
7251 
7252   // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the
7253   // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs.
7254   if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)) {
7255     if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) {
7256       const Loop *LI = this->LI[I->getParent()];
7257       if (LI && LI->getParentLoop() == L)  // Looking for loop exit value.
7258         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
7259           if (PN->getParent() == LI->getHeader()) {
7260             // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node.  Check
7261             // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken
7262             // count.  If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit
7263             // value.
7264             const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(LI);
7265             if (const SCEVConstant *BTCC =
7266                   dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) {
7267               // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes.  If
7268               // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at
7269               // the specified iteration number.
7270               Constant *RV =
7271                   getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN, BTCC->getAPInt(), LI);
7272               if (RV) return getSCEV(RV);
7273             }
7274           }
7275 
7276       // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate
7277       // into a SCEV.  Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate
7278       // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the
7279       // result.  This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values.
7280       if (CanConstantFold(I)) {
7281         SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands;
7282         bool MadeImprovement = false;
7283         for (Value *Op : I->operands()) {
7284           if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
7285             Operands.push_back(C);
7286             continue;
7287           }
7288 
7289           // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are
7290           // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them
7291           // with scev techniques.
7292           if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType()))
7293             return V;
7294 
7295           const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op);
7296           const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L);
7297           MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV;
7298 
7299           Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV);
7300           if (!C) return V;
7301           if (C->getType() != Op->getType())
7302             C = ConstantExpr::getCast(CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false,
7303                                                               Op->getType(),
7304                                                               false),
7305                                       C, Op->getType());
7306           Operands.push_back(C);
7307         }
7308 
7309         // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement.
7310         if (MadeImprovement) {
7311           Constant *C = nullptr;
7312           const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7313           if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
7314             C = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
7315                                                 Operands[1], DL, &TLI);
7316           else if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
7317             if (!LI->isVolatile())
7318               C = ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], LI->getType(), DL);
7319           } else
7320             C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, &TLI);
7321           if (!C) return V;
7322           return getSCEV(C);
7323         }
7324       }
7325     }
7326 
7327     // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
7328     return V;
7329   }
7330 
7331   if (const SCEVCommutativeExpr *Comm = dyn_cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(V)) {
7332     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
7333     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
7334     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Comm->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7335       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
7336       if (OpAtScope != Comm->getOperand(i)) {
7337         // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
7338         // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
7339         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(Comm->op_begin(),
7340                                             Comm->op_begin()+i);
7341         NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
7342 
7343         for (++i; i != e; ++i) {
7344           OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
7345           NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
7346         }
7347         if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Comm))
7348           return getAddExpr(NewOps);
7349         if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Comm))
7350           return getMulExpr(NewOps);
7351         if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Comm))
7352           return getSMaxExpr(NewOps);
7353         if (isa<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Comm))
7354           return getUMaxExpr(NewOps);
7355         llvm_unreachable("Unknown commutative SCEV type!");
7356       }
7357     }
7358     // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant.
7359     return Comm;
7360   }
7361 
7362   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V)) {
7363     const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getLHS(), L);
7364     const SCEV *RHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getRHS(), L);
7365     if (LHS == Div->getLHS() && RHS == Div->getRHS())
7366       return Div;   // must be loop invariant
7367     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
7368   }
7369 
7370   // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we
7371   // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop.
7372   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) {
7373     // First, attempt to evaluate each operand.
7374     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
7375     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
7376     for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7377       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L);
7378       if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i))
7379         continue;
7380 
7381       // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
7382       // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
7383       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
7384                                           AddRec->op_begin()+i);
7385       NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
7386       for (++i; i != e; ++i)
7387         NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L));
7388 
7389       const SCEV *FoldedRec =
7390         getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
7391                       AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
7392       AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoldedRec);
7393       // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the
7394       // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go
7395       // ahead and return the folded value.
7396       if (!AddRec)
7397         return FoldedRec;
7398       break;
7399     }
7400 
7401     // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the
7402     // loop exit value of the addrec.
7403     if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) {
7404       // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec
7405       // loop iterates.  Compute this now.
7406       const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
7407       if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute()) return AddRec;
7408 
7409       // Then, evaluate the AddRec.
7410       return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this);
7411     }
7412 
7413     return AddRec;
7414   }
7415 
7416   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V)) {
7417     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
7418     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
7419       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
7420     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
7421   }
7422 
7423   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V)) {
7424     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
7425     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
7426       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
7427     return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
7428   }
7429 
7430   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V)) {
7431     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
7432     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
7433       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
7434     return getTruncateExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
7435   }
7436 
7437   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!");
7438 }
7439 
7440 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
7441   return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L);
7442 }
7443 
7444 /// Finds the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
7445 ///
7446 ///     A * X = B (mod N)
7447 ///
7448 /// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of
7449 /// A and B isn't important.
7450 ///
7451 /// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
7452 static const SCEV *SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const SCEV *B,
7453                                                ScalarEvolution &SE) {
7454   uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth();
7455   assert(BW == SE.getTypeSizeInBits(B->getType()));
7456   assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero.");
7457 
7458   // 1. D = gcd(A, N)
7459   //
7460   // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of
7461   // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity
7462   uint32_t Mult2 = A.countTrailingZeros();
7463   // D = 2^Mult2
7464 
7465   // 2. Check if B is divisible by D.
7466   //
7467   // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B
7468   // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D.
7469   if (SE.GetMinTrailingZeros(B) < Mult2)
7470     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
7471 
7472   // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic
7473   // modulo (N / D).
7474   //
7475   // If D == 1, (N / D) == N == 2^BW, so we need one extra bit to represent
7476   // (N / D) in general. The inverse itself always fits into BW bits, though,
7477   // so we immediately truncate it.
7478   APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1);  // AD = A / D
7479   APInt Mod(BW + 1, 0);
7480   Mod.setBit(BW - Mult2);  // Mod = N / D
7481   APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse(Mod).trunc(BW);
7482 
7483   // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation:
7484   // I * (B / D) mod (N / D)
7485   // To simplify the computation, we factor out the divide by D:
7486   // (I * B mod N) / D
7487   const SCEV *D = SE.getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BW, Mult2));
7488   return SE.getUDivExactExpr(SE.getMulExpr(B, SE.getConstant(I)), D);
7489 }
7490 
7491 /// Find the roots of the quadratic equation for the given quadratic chrec
7492 /// {L,+,M,+,N}.  This returns either the two roots (which might be the same) or
7493 /// two SCEVCouldNotCompute objects.
7494 ///
7495 static Optional<std::pair<const SCEVConstant *,const SCEVConstant *>>
7496 SolveQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
7497   assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!");
7498   const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0));
7499   const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1));
7500   const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2));
7501 
7502   // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants.
7503   if (!LC || !MC || !NC)
7504     return None;
7505 
7506   uint32_t BitWidth = LC->getAPInt().getBitWidth();
7507   const APInt &L = LC->getAPInt();
7508   const APInt &M = MC->getAPInt();
7509   const APInt &N = NC->getAPInt();
7510   APInt Two(BitWidth, 2);
7511 
7512   // Convert from chrec coefficients to polynomial coefficients AX^2+BX+C
7513 
7514   // The A coefficient is N/2
7515   APInt A = N.sdiv(Two);
7516 
7517   // The B coefficient is M-N/2
7518   APInt B = M;
7519   B -= A; // A is the same as N/2.
7520 
7521   // The C coefficient is L.
7522   const APInt& C = L;
7523 
7524   // Compute the B^2-4ac term.
7525   APInt SqrtTerm = B;
7526   SqrtTerm *= B;
7527   SqrtTerm -= 4 * (A * C);
7528 
7529   if (SqrtTerm.isNegative()) {
7530     // The loop is provably infinite.
7531     return None;
7532   }
7533 
7534   // Compute sqrt(B^2-4ac). This is guaranteed to be the nearest
7535   // integer value or else APInt::sqrt() will assert.
7536   APInt SqrtVal = SqrtTerm.sqrt();
7537 
7538   // Compute the two solutions for the quadratic formula.
7539   // The divisions must be performed as signed divisions.
7540   APInt NegB = -std::move(B);
7541   APInt TwoA = std::move(A);
7542   TwoA <<= 1;
7543   if (TwoA.isNullValue())
7544     return None;
7545 
7546   LLVMContext &Context = SE.getContext();
7547 
7548   ConstantInt *Solution1 =
7549     ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB + SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
7550   ConstantInt *Solution2 =
7551     ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB - SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
7552 
7553   return std::make_pair(cast<SCEVConstant>(SE.getConstant(Solution1)),
7554                         cast<SCEVConstant>(SE.getConstant(Solution2)));
7555 }
7556 
7557 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7558 ScalarEvolution::howFarToZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L, bool ControlsExit,
7559                               bool AllowPredicates) {
7560 
7561   // This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition
7562   // is now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is
7563   // effectively V != 0.  We know and take advantage of the fact that this
7564   // expression only being used in a comparison by zero context.
7565 
7566   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
7567   // If the value is a constant
7568   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
7569     // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times.
7570     if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C;
7571     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
7572   }
7573 
7574   const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V);
7575   if (!AddRec && AllowPredicates)
7576     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
7577     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
7578     // algorithm below.
7579     AddRec = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(V, L, Predicates);
7580 
7581   if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L)
7582     return getCouldNotCompute();
7583 
7584   // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of
7585   // the quadratic equation to solve it.
7586   if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
7587     if (auto Roots = SolveQuadraticEquation(AddRec, *this)) {
7588       const SCEVConstant *R1 = Roots->first;
7589       const SCEVConstant *R2 = Roots->second;
7590       // Pick the smallest positive root value.
7591       if (ConstantInt *CB = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(
7592               CmpInst::ICMP_ULT, R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
7593         if (!CB->getZExtValue())
7594           std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now.
7595 
7596         // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero
7597         // value at this index.  When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we
7598         // should not accept a root of 2.
7599         const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(R1, *this);
7600         if (Val->isZero())
7601           // We found a quadratic root!
7602           return ExitLimit(R1, R1, false, Predicates);
7603       }
7604     }
7605     return getCouldNotCompute();
7606   }
7607 
7608   // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine.
7609   if (!AddRec->isAffine())
7610     return getCouldNotCompute();
7611 
7612   // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is
7613   // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
7614   //
7615   //     Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW)
7616   //
7617   // equivalent to:
7618   //
7619   //             Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW)
7620   //
7621   // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step.
7622 
7623   // Get the initial value for the loop.
7624   const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(), L->getParentLoop());
7625   const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1), L->getParentLoop());
7626 
7627   // For now we handle only constant steps.
7628   //
7629   // TODO: Handle a nonconstant Step given AddRec<NUW>. If the
7630   // AddRec is NUW, then (in an unsigned sense) it cannot be counting up to wrap
7631   // to 0, it must be counting down to equal 0. Consequently, N = Start / -Step.
7632   // We have not yet seen any such cases.
7633   const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
7634   if (!StepC || StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(0))
7635     return getCouldNotCompute();
7636 
7637   // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow):
7638   //   N = -Start/Step (as unsigned)
7639   // For negative steps (counting down to zero):
7640   //   N = Start/-Step
7641   // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step.
7642   bool CountDown = StepC->getAPInt().isNegative();
7643   const SCEV *Distance = CountDown ? Start : getNegativeSCEV(Start);
7644 
7645   // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound.
7646   // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so:
7647   //   N = Distance (as unsigned)
7648   if (StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(1) || StepC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue()) {
7649     APInt MaxBECount = getUnsignedRangeMax(Distance);
7650 
7651     // When a loop like "for (int i = 0; i != n; ++i) { /* body */ }" is rotated,
7652     // we end up with a loop whose backedge-taken count is n - 1.  Detect this
7653     // case, and see if we can improve the bound.
7654     //
7655     // Explicitly handling this here is necessary because getUnsignedRange
7656     // isn't context-sensitive; it doesn't know that we only care about the
7657     // range inside the loop.
7658     const SCEV *Zero = getZero(Distance->getType());
7659     const SCEV *One = getOne(Distance->getType());
7660     const SCEV *DistancePlusOne = getAddExpr(Distance, One);
7661     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, DistancePlusOne, Zero)) {
7662       // If Distance + 1 doesn't overflow, we can compute the maximum distance
7663       // as "unsigned_max(Distance + 1) - 1".
7664       ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(DistancePlusOne);
7665       MaxBECount = APIntOps::umin(MaxBECount, CR.getUnsignedMax() - 1);
7666     }
7667     return ExitLimit(Distance, getConstant(MaxBECount), false, Predicates);
7668   }
7669 
7670   // If the condition controls loop exit (the loop exits only if the expression
7671   // is true) and the addition is no-wrap we can use unsigned divide to
7672   // compute the backedge count.  In this case, the step may not divide the
7673   // distance, but we don't care because if the condition is "missed" the loop
7674   // will have undefined behavior due to wrapping.
7675   if (ControlsExit && AddRec->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
7676       loopHasNoAbnormalExits(AddRec->getLoop())) {
7677     const SCEV *Exact =
7678         getUDivExpr(Distance, CountDown ? getNegativeSCEV(Step) : Step);
7679     const SCEV *Max =
7680         Exact == getCouldNotCompute()
7681             ? Exact
7682             : getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(Exact));
7683     return ExitLimit(Exact, Max, false, Predicates);
7684   }
7685 
7686   // Solve the general equation.
7687   const SCEV *E = SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC->getAPInt(),
7688                                                getNegativeSCEV(Start), *this);
7689   const SCEV *M = E == getCouldNotCompute()
7690                       ? E
7691                       : getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(E));
7692   return ExitLimit(E, M, false, Predicates);
7693 }
7694 
7695 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7696 ScalarEvolution::howFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
7697   // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed.  We don't
7698   // handle them yet except for the trivial case.  This could be expanded in the
7699   // future as needed.
7700 
7701   // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero
7702   // already.  If so, the backedge will execute zero times.
7703   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
7704     if (!C->getValue()->isNullValue())
7705       return getZero(C->getType());
7706     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
7707   }
7708 
7709   // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like
7710   // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded.
7711   return getCouldNotCompute();
7712 }
7713 
7714 std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
7715 ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(BasicBlock *BB) {
7716   // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the
7717   // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge
7718   // from the predecessor to the block.
7719   if (BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor())
7720     return {Pred, BB};
7721 
7722   // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop.
7723   // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be
7724   // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop.
7725   if (Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(BB))
7726     return {L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()};
7727 
7728   return {nullptr, nullptr};
7729 }
7730 
7731 /// SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for testing whether two
7732 /// expressions are equal, however for the purposes of looking for a condition
7733 /// guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little more general, since a
7734 /// front-end may have replicated the controlling expression.
7735 ///
7736 static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) {
7737   // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV.
7738   if (A == B) return true;
7739 
7740   auto ComputesEqualValues = [](const Instruction *A, const Instruction *B) {
7741     // Not all instructions that are "identical" compute the same value.  For
7742     // instance, two distinct alloca instructions allocating the same type are
7743     // identical and do not read memory; but compute distinct values.
7744     return A->isIdenticalTo(B) && (isa<BinaryOperator>(A) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(A));
7745   };
7746 
7747   // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold
7748   // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case.
7749   if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A))
7750     if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B))
7751       if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue()))
7752         if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue()))
7753           if (ComputesEqualValues(AI, BI))
7754             return true;
7755 
7756   // Otherwise assume they may have a different value.
7757   return false;
7758 }
7759 
7760 bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred,
7761                                            const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS,
7762                                            unsigned Depth) {
7763   bool Changed = false;
7764 
7765   // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out.
7766   if (Depth >= 3)
7767     return false;
7768 
7769   // Canonicalize a constant to the right side.
7770   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
7771     // Check for both operands constant.
7772     if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
7773       if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred,
7774                                 LHSC->getValue(),
7775                                 RHSC->getValue())->isNullValue())
7776         goto trivially_false;
7777       else
7778         goto trivially_true;
7779     }
7780     // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right.
7781     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
7782     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
7783     Changed = true;
7784   }
7785 
7786   // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the
7787   // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check,
7788   // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop.
7789   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) {
7790     const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
7791     if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && properlyDominates(LHS, L->getHeader())) {
7792       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
7793       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
7794       Changed = true;
7795     }
7796   }
7797 
7798   // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary
7799   // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons.
7800   if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
7801     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
7802 
7803     bool SimplifiedByConstantRange = false;
7804 
7805     if (!ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred)) {
7806       ConstantRange ExactCR = ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RA);
7807       if (ExactCR.isFullSet())
7808         goto trivially_true;
7809       else if (ExactCR.isEmptySet())
7810         goto trivially_false;
7811 
7812       APInt NewRHS;
7813       CmpInst::Predicate NewPred;
7814       if (ExactCR.getEquivalentICmp(NewPred, NewRHS) &&
7815           ICmpInst::isEquality(NewPred)) {
7816         // We were able to convert an inequality to an equality.
7817         Pred = NewPred;
7818         RHS = getConstant(NewRHS);
7819         Changed = SimplifiedByConstantRange = true;
7820       }
7821     }
7822 
7823     if (!SimplifiedByConstantRange) {
7824       switch (Pred) {
7825       default:
7826         break;
7827       case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
7828       case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
7829         // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b.
7830         if (!RA)
7831           if (const SCEVAddExpr *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS))
7832             if (const SCEVMulExpr *ME =
7833                     dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(AE->getOperand(0)))
7834               if (AE->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
7835                   ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) {
7836                 RHS = AE->getOperand(1);
7837                 LHS = ME->getOperand(1);
7838                 Changed = true;
7839               }
7840         break;
7841 
7842 
7843         // The "Should have been caught earlier!" messages refer to the fact
7844         // that the ExactCR.isFullSet() or ExactCR.isEmptySet() check above
7845         // should have fired on the corresponding cases, and canonicalized the
7846         // check to trivially_true or trivially_false.
7847 
7848       case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
7849         assert(!RA.isMinValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
7850         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
7851         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
7852         Changed = true;
7853         break;
7854       case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
7855         assert(!RA.isMaxValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
7856         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
7857         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
7858         Changed = true;
7859         break;
7860       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
7861         assert(!RA.isMinSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
7862         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
7863         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
7864         Changed = true;
7865         break;
7866       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
7867         assert(!RA.isMaxSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
7868         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
7869         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
7870         Changed = true;
7871         break;
7872       }
7873     }
7874   }
7875 
7876   // Check for obvious equality.
7877   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) {
7878     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
7879       goto trivially_true;
7880     if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred))
7881       goto trivially_false;
7882   }
7883 
7884   // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by
7885   // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands.
7886   switch (Pred) {
7887   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
7888     if (!getSignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
7889       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
7890                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
7891       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
7892       Changed = true;
7893     } else if (!getSignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
7894       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS,
7895                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
7896       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
7897       Changed = true;
7898     }
7899     break;
7900   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
7901     if (!getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
7902       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS,
7903                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
7904       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
7905       Changed = true;
7906     } else if (!getSignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
7907       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
7908                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
7909       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
7910       Changed = true;
7911     }
7912     break;
7913   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
7914     if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxValue()) {
7915       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
7916                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
7917       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
7918       Changed = true;
7919     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinValue()) {
7920       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS);
7921       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
7922       Changed = true;
7923     }
7924     break;
7925   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
7926     if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinValue()) {
7927       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS);
7928       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
7929       Changed = true;
7930     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxValue()) {
7931       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
7932                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
7933       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
7934       Changed = true;
7935     }
7936     break;
7937   default:
7938     break;
7939   }
7940 
7941   // TODO: More simplifications are possible here.
7942 
7943   // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing
7944   // changes.
7945   if (Changed)
7946     return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, Depth+1);
7947 
7948   return Changed;
7949 
7950 trivially_true:
7951   // Return 0 == 0.
7952   LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
7953   Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
7954   return true;
7955 
7956 trivially_false:
7957   // Return 0 != 0.
7958   LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
7959   Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
7960   return true;
7961 }
7962 
7963 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) {
7964   return getSignedRangeMax(S).isNegative();
7965 }
7966 
7967 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) {
7968   return getSignedRangeMin(S).isStrictlyPositive();
7969 }
7970 
7971 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) {
7972   return !getSignedRangeMin(S).isNegative();
7973 }
7974 
7975 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) {
7976   return !getSignedRangeMax(S).isStrictlyPositive();
7977 }
7978 
7979 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) {
7980   return isKnownNegative(S) || isKnownPositive(S);
7981 }
7982 
7983 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
7984                                        const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
7985   // Canonicalize the inputs first.
7986   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
7987 
7988   // If LHS or RHS is an addrec, check to see if the condition is true in
7989   // every iteration of the loop.
7990   // If LHS and RHS are both addrec, both conditions must be true in
7991   // every iteration of the loop.
7992   const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
7993   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
7994   bool LeftGuarded = false;
7995   bool RightGuarded = false;
7996   if (LAR) {
7997     const Loop *L = LAR->getLoop();
7998     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getStart(), RHS) &&
7999         isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS)) {
8000       if (!RAR) return true;
8001       LeftGuarded = true;
8002     }
8003   }
8004   if (RAR) {
8005     const Loop *L = RAR->getLoop();
8006     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getStart()) &&
8007         isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getPostIncExpr(*this))) {
8008       if (!LAR) return true;
8009       RightGuarded = true;
8010     }
8011   }
8012   if (LeftGuarded && RightGuarded)
8013     return true;
8014 
8015   if (isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(Pred, LHS, RHS))
8016     return true;
8017 
8018   // Otherwise see what can be done with known constant ranges.
8019   return isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS);
8020 }
8021 
8022 bool ScalarEvolution::isMonotonicPredicate(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
8023                                            ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8024                                            bool &Increasing) {
8025   bool Result = isMonotonicPredicateImpl(LHS, Pred, Increasing);
8026 
8027 #ifndef NDEBUG
8028   // Verify an invariant: inverting the predicate should turn a monotonically
8029   // increasing change to a monotonically decreasing one, and vice versa.
8030   bool IncreasingSwapped;
8031   bool ResultSwapped = isMonotonicPredicateImpl(
8032       LHS, ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), IncreasingSwapped);
8033 
8034   assert(Result == ResultSwapped && "should be able to analyze both!");
8035   if (ResultSwapped)
8036     assert(Increasing == !IncreasingSwapped &&
8037            "monotonicity should flip as we flip the predicate");
8038 #endif
8039 
8040   return Result;
8041 }
8042 
8043 bool ScalarEvolution::isMonotonicPredicateImpl(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
8044                                                ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8045                                                bool &Increasing) {
8046 
8047   // A zero step value for LHS means the induction variable is essentially a
8048   // loop invariant value. We don't really depend on the predicate actually
8049   // flipping from false to true (for increasing predicates, and the other way
8050   // around for decreasing predicates), all we care about is that *if* the
8051   // predicate changes then it only changes from false to true.
8052   //
8053   // A zero step value in itself is not very useful, but there may be places
8054   // where SCEV can prove X >= 0 but not prove X > 0, so it is helpful to be
8055   // as general as possible.
8056 
8057   switch (Pred) {
8058   default:
8059     return false; // Conservative answer
8060 
8061   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
8062   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8063   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
8064   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8065     if (!LHS->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
8066       return false;
8067 
8068     Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE;
8069     return true;
8070 
8071   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
8072   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8073   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
8074   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: {
8075     if (!LHS->hasNoSignedWrap())
8076       return false;
8077 
8078     const SCEV *Step = LHS->getStepRecurrence(*this);
8079 
8080     if (isKnownNonNegative(Step)) {
8081       Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
8082       return true;
8083     }
8084 
8085     if (isKnownNonPositive(Step)) {
8086       Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
8087       return true;
8088     }
8089 
8090     return false;
8091   }
8092 
8093   }
8094 
8095   llvm_unreachable("switch has default clause!");
8096 }
8097 
8098 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariantPredicate(
8099     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, const Loop *L,
8100     ICmpInst::Predicate &InvariantPred, const SCEV *&InvariantLHS,
8101     const SCEV *&InvariantRHS) {
8102 
8103   // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS, otherwise bail out.
8104   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
8105     if (!isLoopInvariant(LHS, L))
8106       return false;
8107 
8108     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8109     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8110   }
8111 
8112   const SCEVAddRecExpr *ArLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
8113   if (!ArLHS || ArLHS->getLoop() != L)
8114     return false;
8115 
8116   bool Increasing;
8117   if (!isMonotonicPredicate(ArLHS, Pred, Increasing))
8118     return false;
8119 
8120   // If the predicate "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" monotonically increases from false to
8121   // true as the loop iterates, and the backedge is control dependent on
8122   // "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" == true then we can reason as follows:
8123   //
8124   //   * if the predicate was false in the first iteration then the predicate
8125   //     is never evaluated again, since the loop exits without taking the
8126   //     backedge.
8127   //   * if the predicate was true in the first iteration then it will
8128   //     continue to be true for all future iterations since it is
8129   //     monotonically increasing.
8130   //
8131   // For both the above possibilities, we can replace the loop varying
8132   // predicate with its value on the first iteration of the loop (which is
8133   // loop invariant).
8134   //
8135   // A similar reasoning applies for a monotonically decreasing predicate, by
8136   // replacing true with false and false with true in the above two bullets.
8137 
8138   auto P = Increasing ? Pred : ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred);
8139 
8140   if (!isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, P, LHS, RHS))
8141     return false;
8142 
8143   InvariantPred = Pred;
8144   InvariantLHS = ArLHS->getStart();
8145   InvariantRHS = RHS;
8146   return true;
8147 }
8148 
8149 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(
8150     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8151   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS))
8152     return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
8153 
8154   // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from
8155   // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
8156 
8157   auto CheckRanges =
8158       [&](const ConstantRange &RangeLHS, const ConstantRange &RangeRHS) {
8159     return ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, RangeRHS)
8160         .contains(RangeLHS);
8161   };
8162 
8163   // The check at the top of the function catches the case where the values are
8164   // known to be equal.
8165   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
8166     return false;
8167 
8168   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_NE)
8169     return CheckRanges(getSignedRange(LHS), getSignedRange(RHS)) ||
8170            CheckRanges(getUnsignedRange(LHS), getUnsignedRange(RHS)) ||
8171            isKnownNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS));
8172 
8173   if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred))
8174     return CheckRanges(getSignedRange(LHS), getSignedRange(RHS));
8175 
8176   return CheckRanges(getUnsignedRange(LHS), getUnsignedRange(RHS));
8177 }
8178 
8179 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8180                                                     const SCEV *LHS,
8181                                                     const SCEV *RHS) {
8182 
8183   // Match Result to (X + Y)<ExpectedFlags> where Y is a constant integer.
8184   // Return Y via OutY.
8185   auto MatchBinaryAddToConst =
8186       [this](const SCEV *Result, const SCEV *X, APInt &OutY,
8187              SCEV::NoWrapFlags ExpectedFlags) {
8188     const SCEV *NonConstOp, *ConstOp;
8189     SCEV::NoWrapFlags FlagsPresent;
8190 
8191     if (!splitBinaryAdd(Result, ConstOp, NonConstOp, FlagsPresent) ||
8192         !isa<SCEVConstant>(ConstOp) || NonConstOp != X)
8193       return false;
8194 
8195     OutY = cast<SCEVConstant>(ConstOp)->getAPInt();
8196     return (FlagsPresent & ExpectedFlags) == ExpectedFlags;
8197   };
8198 
8199   APInt C;
8200 
8201   switch (Pred) {
8202   default:
8203     break;
8204 
8205   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8206     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8207     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
8208   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
8209     // X s<= (X + C)<nsw> if C >= 0
8210     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C.isNonNegative())
8211       return true;
8212 
8213     // (X + C)<nsw> s<= X if C <= 0
8214     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
8215         !C.isStrictlyPositive())
8216       return true;
8217     break;
8218 
8219   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
8220     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8221     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
8222   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
8223     // X s< (X + C)<nsw> if C > 0
8224     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
8225         C.isStrictlyPositive())
8226       return true;
8227 
8228     // (X + C)<nsw> s< X if C < 0
8229     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C.isNegative())
8230       return true;
8231     break;
8232   }
8233 
8234   return false;
8235 }
8236 
8237 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8238                                                    const SCEV *LHS,
8239                                                    const SCEV *RHS) {
8240   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT || ProvingSplitPredicate)
8241     return false;
8242 
8243   // Allowing arbitrary number of activations of isKnownPredicateViaSplitting on
8244   // the stack can result in exponential time complexity.
8245   SaveAndRestore<bool> Restore(ProvingSplitPredicate, true);
8246 
8247   // If L >= 0 then I `ult` L <=> I >= 0 && I `slt` L
8248   //
8249   // To prove L >= 0 we use isKnownNonNegative whereas to prove I >= 0 we use
8250   // isKnownPredicate.  isKnownPredicate is more powerful, but also more
8251   // expensive; and using isKnownNonNegative(RHS) is sufficient for most of the
8252   // interesting cases seen in practice.  We can consider "upgrading" L >= 0 to
8253   // use isKnownPredicate later if needed.
8254   return isKnownNonNegative(RHS) &&
8255          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, getZero(LHS->getType())) &&
8256          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS);
8257 }
8258 
8259 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaGuard(BasicBlock *BB,
8260                                         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8261                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8262   // No need to even try if we know the module has no guards.
8263   if (!HasGuards)
8264     return false;
8265 
8266   return any_of(*BB, [&](Instruction &I) {
8267     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
8268 
8269     Value *Condition;
8270     return match(&I, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::experimental_guard>(
8271                          m_Value(Condition))) &&
8272            isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition, false);
8273   });
8274 }
8275 
8276 /// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is
8277 /// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS.  This is used to
8278 /// to eliminate casts.
8279 bool
8280 ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
8281                                              ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8282                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8283   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
8284   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
8285   if (!L) return true;
8286 
8287   if (isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS))
8288     return true;
8289 
8290   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
8291   if (!Latch)
8292     return false;
8293 
8294   BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate =
8295     dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
8296   if (LoopContinuePredicate && LoopContinuePredicate->isConditional() &&
8297       isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
8298                     LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(),
8299                     LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader()))
8300     return true;
8301 
8302   // We don't want more than one activation of the following loops on the stack
8303   // -- that can lead to O(n!) time complexity.
8304   if (WalkingBEDominatingConds)
8305     return false;
8306 
8307   SaveAndRestore<bool> ClearOnExit(WalkingBEDominatingConds, true);
8308 
8309   // See if we can exploit a trip count to prove the predicate.
8310   const auto &BETakenInfo = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
8311   const SCEV *LatchBECount = BETakenInfo.getExact(Latch, this);
8312   if (LatchBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
8313     // We know that Latch branches back to the loop header exactly
8314     // LatchBECount times.  This means the backdege condition at Latch is
8315     // equivalent to  "{0,+,1} u< LatchBECount".
8316     Type *Ty = LatchBECount->getType();
8317     auto NoWrapFlags = SCEV::NoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNW);
8318     const SCEV *LoopCounter =
8319       getAddRecExpr(getZero(Ty), getOne(Ty), L, NoWrapFlags);
8320     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LoopCounter,
8321                       LatchBECount))
8322       return true;
8323   }
8324 
8325   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
8326   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
8327     if (!AssumeVH)
8328       continue;
8329     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
8330     if (!DT.dominates(CI, Latch->getTerminator()))
8331       continue;
8332 
8333     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
8334       return true;
8335   }
8336 
8337   // If the loop is not reachable from the entry block, we risk running into an
8338   // infinite loop as we walk up into the dom tree.  These loops do not matter
8339   // anyway, so we just return a conservative answer when we see them.
8340   if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(L->getHeader()))
8341     return false;
8342 
8343   if (isImpliedViaGuard(Latch, Pred, LHS, RHS))
8344     return true;
8345 
8346   for (DomTreeNode *DTN = DT[Latch], *HeaderDTN = DT[L->getHeader()];
8347        DTN != HeaderDTN; DTN = DTN->getIDom()) {
8348 
8349     assert(DTN && "should reach the loop header before reaching the root!");
8350 
8351     BasicBlock *BB = DTN->getBlock();
8352     if (isImpliedViaGuard(BB, Pred, LHS, RHS))
8353       return true;
8354 
8355     BasicBlock *PBB = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
8356     if (!PBB)
8357       continue;
8358 
8359     BranchInst *ContinuePredicate = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PBB->getTerminator());
8360     if (!ContinuePredicate || !ContinuePredicate->isConditional())
8361       continue;
8362 
8363     Value *Condition = ContinuePredicate->getCondition();
8364 
8365     // If we have an edge `E` within the loop body that dominates the only
8366     // latch, the condition guarding `E` also guards the backedge.  This
8367     // reasoning works only for loops with a single latch.
8368 
8369     BasicBlockEdge DominatingEdge(PBB, BB);
8370     if (DominatingEdge.isSingleEdge()) {
8371       // We're constructively (and conservatively) enumerating edges within the
8372       // loop body that dominate the latch.  The dominator tree better agree
8373       // with us on this:
8374       assert(DT.dominates(DominatingEdge, Latch) && "should be!");
8375 
8376       if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition,
8377                         BB != ContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0)))
8378         return true;
8379     }
8380   }
8381 
8382   return false;
8383 }
8384 
8385 bool
8386 ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
8387                                           ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8388                                           const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8389   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
8390   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
8391   if (!L) return false;
8392 
8393   if (isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS))
8394     return true;
8395 
8396   // Starting at the loop predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long
8397   // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors
8398   // leading to the original header.
8399   for (std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
8400          Pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader());
8401        Pair.first;
8402        Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) {
8403 
8404     if (isImpliedViaGuard(Pair.first, Pred, LHS, RHS))
8405       return true;
8406 
8407     BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate =
8408       dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator());
8409     if (!LoopEntryPredicate ||
8410         LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional())
8411       continue;
8412 
8413     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
8414                       LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(),
8415                       LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second))
8416       return true;
8417   }
8418 
8419   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
8420   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
8421     if (!AssumeVH)
8422       continue;
8423     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
8424     if (!DT.dominates(CI, L->getHeader()))
8425       continue;
8426 
8427     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
8428       return true;
8429   }
8430 
8431   return false;
8432 }
8433 
8434 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8435                                     const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
8436                                     Value *FoundCondValue,
8437                                     bool Inverse) {
8438   if (!PendingLoopPredicates.insert(FoundCondValue).second)
8439     return false;
8440 
8441   auto ClearOnExit =
8442       make_scope_exit([&]() { PendingLoopPredicates.erase(FoundCondValue); });
8443 
8444   // Recursively handle And and Or conditions.
8445   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FoundCondValue)) {
8446     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
8447       if (!Inverse)
8448         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
8449                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
8450     } else if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
8451       if (Inverse)
8452         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
8453                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
8454     }
8455   }
8456 
8457   ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(FoundCondValue);
8458   if (!ICI) return false;
8459 
8460   // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls
8461   // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for.
8462   ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred;
8463   if (Inverse)
8464     FoundPred = ICI->getInversePredicate();
8465   else
8466     FoundPred = ICI->getPredicate();
8467 
8468   const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0));
8469   const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1));
8470 
8471   return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
8472 }
8473 
8474 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
8475                                     const SCEV *RHS,
8476                                     ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred,
8477                                     const SCEV *FoundLHS,
8478                                     const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
8479   // Balance the types.
8480   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <
8481       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
8482     if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred)) {
8483       LHS = getSignExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
8484       RHS = getSignExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
8485     } else {
8486       LHS = getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
8487       RHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
8488     }
8489   } else if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) >
8490       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
8491     if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) {
8492       FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
8493       FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
8494     } else {
8495       FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
8496       FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
8497     }
8498   }
8499 
8500   // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have
8501   // canonicalized the comparison.
8502   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS))
8503     if (LHS == RHS)
8504       return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
8505   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
8506     if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS)
8507       return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred);
8508 
8509   // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match.
8510   if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) {
8511     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
8512       std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
8513       FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred);
8514     } else {
8515       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8516       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8517     }
8518   }
8519 
8520   // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate.
8521   if (FoundPred == Pred)
8522     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
8523 
8524   // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the
8525   // desired predicate.
8526   if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred) {
8527     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
8528       return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS);
8529     else
8530       return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred),
8531                                    RHS, LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
8532   }
8533 
8534   // Unsigned comparison is the same as signed comparison when both the operands
8535   // are non-negative.
8536   if (CmpInst::isUnsigned(FoundPred) &&
8537       CmpInst::getSignedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred &&
8538       isKnownNonNegative(FoundLHS) && isKnownNonNegative(FoundRHS))
8539     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
8540 
8541   // Check if we can make progress by sharpening ranges.
8542   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
8543       (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS) || isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))) {
8544 
8545     const SCEVConstant *C = nullptr;
8546     const SCEV *V = nullptr;
8547 
8548     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS)) {
8549       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS);
8550       V = FoundRHS;
8551     } else {
8552       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS);
8553       V = FoundLHS;
8554     }
8555 
8556     // The guarding predicate tells us that C != V. If the known range
8557     // of V is [C, t), we can sharpen the range to [C + 1, t).  The
8558     // range we consider has to correspond to same signedness as the
8559     // predicate we're interested in folding.
8560 
8561     APInt Min = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
8562         getSignedRangeMin(V) : getUnsignedRangeMin(V);
8563 
8564     if (Min == C->getAPInt()) {
8565       // Given (V >= Min && V != Min) we conclude V >= (Min + 1).
8566       // This is true even if (Min + 1) wraps around -- in case of
8567       // wraparound, (Min + 1) < Min, so (V >= Min => V >= (Min + 1)).
8568 
8569       APInt SharperMin = Min + 1;
8570 
8571       switch (Pred) {
8572         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8573         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8574           // We know V `Pred` SharperMin.  If this implies LHS `Pred`
8575           // RHS, we're done.
8576           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V,
8577                                     getConstant(SharperMin)))
8578             return true;
8579           LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
8580 
8581         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
8582         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
8583           // We know from the range information that (V `Pred` Min ||
8584           // V == Min).  We know from the guarding condition that !(V
8585           // == Min).  This gives us
8586           //
8587           //       V `Pred` Min || V == Min && !(V == Min)
8588           //   =>  V `Pred` Min
8589           //
8590           // If V `Pred` Min implies LHS `Pred` RHS, we're done.
8591 
8592           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(Min)))
8593             return true;
8594           LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
8595 
8596         default:
8597           // No change
8598           break;
8599       }
8600     }
8601   }
8602 
8603   // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient.
8604   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
8605     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
8606       if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
8607         return true;
8608   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
8609     if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred))
8610       if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
8611         return true;
8612 
8613   // Otherwise assume the worst.
8614   return false;
8615 }
8616 
8617 bool ScalarEvolution::splitBinaryAdd(const SCEV *Expr,
8618                                      const SCEV *&L, const SCEV *&R,
8619                                      SCEV::NoWrapFlags &Flags) {
8620   const auto *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
8621   if (!AE || AE->getNumOperands() != 2)
8622     return false;
8623 
8624   L = AE->getOperand(0);
8625   R = AE->getOperand(1);
8626   Flags = AE->getNoWrapFlags();
8627   return true;
8628 }
8629 
8630 Optional<APInt> ScalarEvolution::computeConstantDifference(const SCEV *More,
8631                                                            const SCEV *Less) {
8632   // We avoid subtracting expressions here because this function is usually
8633   // fairly deep in the call stack (i.e. is called many times).
8634 
8635   if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less) && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More)) {
8636     const auto *LAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less);
8637     const auto *MAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More);
8638 
8639     if (LAR->getLoop() != MAR->getLoop())
8640       return None;
8641 
8642     // We look at affine expressions only; not for correctness but to keep
8643     // getStepRecurrence cheap.
8644     if (!LAR->isAffine() || !MAR->isAffine())
8645       return None;
8646 
8647     if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(*this) != MAR->getStepRecurrence(*this))
8648       return None;
8649 
8650     Less = LAR->getStart();
8651     More = MAR->getStart();
8652 
8653     // fall through
8654   }
8655 
8656   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Less) && isa<SCEVConstant>(More)) {
8657     const auto &M = cast<SCEVConstant>(More)->getAPInt();
8658     const auto &L = cast<SCEVConstant>(Less)->getAPInt();
8659     return M - L;
8660   }
8661 
8662   const SCEV *L, *R;
8663   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags;
8664   if (splitBinaryAdd(Less, L, R, Flags))
8665     if (const auto *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(L))
8666       if (R == More)
8667         return -(LC->getAPInt());
8668 
8669   if (splitBinaryAdd(More, L, R, Flags))
8670     if (const auto *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(L))
8671       if (R == Less)
8672         return LC->getAPInt();
8673 
8674   return None;
8675 }
8676 
8677 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(
8678     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
8679     const SCEV *FoundLHS, const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
8680   if (Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_ULT)
8681     return false;
8682 
8683   const auto *AddRecLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
8684   if (!AddRecLHS)
8685     return false;
8686 
8687   const auto *AddRecFoundLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoundLHS);
8688   if (!AddRecFoundLHS)
8689     return false;
8690 
8691   // We'd like to let SCEV reason about control dependencies, so we constrain
8692   // both the inequalities to be about add recurrences on the same loop.  This
8693   // way we can use isLoopEntryGuardedByCond later.
8694 
8695   const Loop *L = AddRecFoundLHS->getLoop();
8696   if (L != AddRecLHS->getLoop())
8697     return false;
8698 
8699   //  FoundLHS u< FoundRHS u< -C =>  (FoundLHS + C) u< (FoundRHS + C) ... (1)
8700   //
8701   //  FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C => (FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS + C)
8702   //                                                                  ... (2)
8703   //
8704   // Informal proof for (2), assuming (1) [*]:
8705   //
8706   // We'll also assume (A s< B) <=> ((A + INT_MIN) u< (B + INT_MIN)) ... (3)[**]
8707   //
8708   // Then
8709   //
8710   //       FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C
8711   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN) u< -C   [ using (3) ]
8712   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C) [ using (1) ]
8713   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) s<
8714   //                        (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) [ using (3) ]
8715   // <=>  FoundLHS + C s< FoundRHS + C
8716   //
8717   // [*]: (1) can be proved by ruling out overflow.
8718   //
8719   // [**]: This can be proved by analyzing all the four possibilities:
8720   //    (A s< 0, B s< 0), (A s< 0, B s>= 0), (A s>= 0, B s< 0) and
8721   //    (A s>= 0, B s>= 0).
8722   //
8723   // Note:
8724   // Despite (2), "FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C" does not mean that "FoundRHS + C"
8725   // will not sign underflow.  For instance, say FoundLHS = (i8 -128), FoundRHS
8726   // = (i8 -127) and C = (i8 -100).  Then INT_MIN - C = (i8 -28), and FoundRHS
8727   // s< (INT_MIN - C).  Lack of sign overflow / underflow in "FoundRHS + C" is
8728   // neither necessary nor sufficient to prove "(FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS +
8729   // C)".
8730 
8731   Optional<APInt> LDiff = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
8732   Optional<APInt> RDiff = computeConstantDifference(RHS, FoundRHS);
8733   if (!LDiff || !RDiff || *LDiff != *RDiff)
8734     return false;
8735 
8736   if (LDiff->isMinValue())
8737     return true;
8738 
8739   APInt FoundRHSLimit;
8740 
8741   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT) {
8742     FoundRHSLimit = -(*RDiff);
8743   } else {
8744     assert(Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && "Checked above!");
8745     FoundRHSLimit = APInt::getSignedMinValue(getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) - *RDiff;
8746   }
8747 
8748   // Try to prove (1) or (2), as needed.
8749   return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, FoundRHS,
8750                                   getConstant(FoundRHSLimit));
8751 }
8752 
8753 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8754                                             const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
8755                                             const SCEV *FoundLHS,
8756                                             const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
8757   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
8758     return true;
8759 
8760   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
8761     return true;
8762 
8763   return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
8764                                      FoundLHS, FoundRHS) ||
8765          // ~x < ~y --> x > y
8766          isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
8767                                      getNotSCEV(FoundRHS),
8768                                      getNotSCEV(FoundLHS));
8769 }
8770 
8771 
8772 /// If Expr computes ~A, return A else return nullptr
8773 static const SCEV *MatchNotExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
8774   const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
8775   if (!Add || Add->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
8776       !Add->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
8777     return nullptr;
8778 
8779   const SCEVMulExpr *AddRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(1));
8780   if (!AddRHS || AddRHS->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
8781       !AddRHS->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
8782     return nullptr;
8783 
8784   return AddRHS->getOperand(1);
8785 }
8786 
8787 
8788 /// Is MaybeMaxExpr an SMax or UMax of Candidate and some other values?
8789 template<typename MaxExprType>
8790 static bool IsMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr,
8791                               const SCEV *Candidate) {
8792   const MaxExprType *MaxExpr = dyn_cast<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr);
8793   if (!MaxExpr) return false;
8794 
8795   return find(MaxExpr->operands(), Candidate) != MaxExpr->op_end();
8796 }
8797 
8798 
8799 /// Is MaybeMinExpr an SMin or UMin of Candidate and some other values?
8800 template<typename MaxExprType>
8801 static bool IsMinConsistingOf(ScalarEvolution &SE,
8802                               const SCEV *MaybeMinExpr,
8803                               const SCEV *Candidate) {
8804   const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr = MatchNotExpr(MaybeMinExpr);
8805   if (!MaybeMaxExpr)
8806     return false;
8807 
8808   return IsMaxConsistingOf<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr, SE.getNotSCEV(Candidate));
8809 }
8810 
8811 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(ScalarEvolution &SE,
8812                                            ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8813                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8814 
8815   // If both sides are affine addrecs for the same loop, with equal
8816   // steps, and we know the recurrences don't wrap, then we only
8817   // need to check the predicate on the starting values.
8818 
8819   if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred))
8820     return false;
8821 
8822   const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
8823   if (!LAR)
8824     return false;
8825   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
8826   if (!RAR)
8827     return false;
8828   if (LAR->getLoop() != RAR->getLoop())
8829     return false;
8830   if (!LAR->isAffine() || !RAR->isAffine())
8831     return false;
8832 
8833   if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(SE) != RAR->getStepRecurrence(SE))
8834     return false;
8835 
8836   SCEV::NoWrapFlags NW = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
8837                          SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW;
8838   if (!LAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW) || !RAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW))
8839     return false;
8840 
8841   return SE.isKnownPredicate(Pred, LAR->getStart(), RAR->getStart());
8842 }
8843 
8844 /// Is LHS `Pred` RHS true on the virtue of LHS or RHS being a Min or Max
8845 /// expression?
8846 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution &SE,
8847                                         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8848                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8849   switch (Pred) {
8850   default:
8851     return false;
8852 
8853   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8854     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8855     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
8856   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
8857     return
8858       // min(A, ...) <= A
8859       IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
8860       // A <= max(A, ...)
8861       IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
8862 
8863   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8864     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8865     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
8866   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8867     return
8868       // min(A, ...) <= A
8869       IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
8870       // A <= max(A, ...)
8871       IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
8872   }
8873 
8874   llvm_unreachable("covered switch fell through?!");
8875 }
8876 
8877 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8878                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
8879                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
8880                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS,
8881                                              unsigned Depth) {
8882   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) ==
8883              getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()) &&
8884          "LHS and RHS have different sizes?");
8885   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType()) ==
8886              getTypeSizeInBits(FoundRHS->getType()) &&
8887          "FoundLHS and FoundRHS have different sizes?");
8888   // We want to avoid hurting the compile time with analysis of too big trees.
8889   if (Depth > MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth)
8890     return false;
8891   // We only want to work with ICMP_SGT comparison so far.
8892   // TODO: Extend to ICMP_UGT?
8893   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT) {
8894     Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
8895     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8896     std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
8897   }
8898   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
8899     return false;
8900 
8901   auto GetOpFromSExt = [&](const SCEV *S) {
8902     if (auto *Ext = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S))
8903       return Ext->getOperand();
8904     // TODO: If S is a SCEVConstant then you can cheaply "strip" the sext off
8905     // the constant in some cases.
8906     return S;
8907   };
8908 
8909   // Acquire values from extensions.
8910   auto *OrigFoundLHS = FoundLHS;
8911   LHS = GetOpFromSExt(LHS);
8912   FoundLHS = GetOpFromSExt(FoundLHS);
8913 
8914   // Is the SGT predicate can be proved trivially or using the found context.
8915   auto IsSGTViaContext = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
8916     return isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2) ||
8917            isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2, OrigFoundLHS,
8918                                   FoundRHS, Depth + 1);
8919   };
8920 
8921   if (auto *LHSAddExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
8922     // We want to avoid creation of any new non-constant SCEV. Since we are
8923     // going to compare the operands to RHS, we should be certain that we don't
8924     // need any size extensions for this. So let's decline all cases when the
8925     // sizes of types of LHS and RHS do not match.
8926     // TODO: Maybe try to get RHS from sext to catch more cases?
8927     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) != getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
8928       return false;
8929 
8930     // Should not overflow.
8931     if (!LHSAddExpr->hasNoSignedWrap())
8932       return false;
8933 
8934     auto *LL = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(0);
8935     auto *LR = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(1);
8936     auto *MinusOne = getNegativeSCEV(getOne(RHS->getType()));
8937 
8938     // Checks that S1 >= 0 && S2 > RHS, trivially or using the found context.
8939     auto IsSumGreaterThanRHS = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
8940       return IsSGTViaContext(S1, MinusOne) && IsSGTViaContext(S2, RHS);
8941     };
8942     // Try to prove the following rule:
8943     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LL >= 0) && (LR > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
8944     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LR >= 0) && (LL > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
8945     if (IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LL, LR) || IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LR, LL))
8946       return true;
8947   } else if (auto *LHSUnknownExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS)) {
8948     Value *LL, *LR;
8949     // FIXME: Once we have SDiv implemented, we can get rid of this matching.
8950     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
8951     if (match(LHSUnknownExpr->getValue(), m_SDiv(m_Value(LL), m_Value(LR)))) {
8952       // Rules for division.
8953       // We are going to perform some comparisons with Denominator and its
8954       // derivative expressions. In general case, creating a SCEV for it may
8955       // lead to a complex analysis of the entire graph, and in particular it
8956       // can request trip count recalculation for the same loop. This would
8957       // cache as SCEVCouldNotCompute to avoid the infinite recursion. To avoid
8958       // this, we only want to create SCEVs that are constants in this section.
8959       // So we bail if Denominator is not a constant.
8960       if (!isa<ConstantInt>(LR))
8961         return false;
8962 
8963       auto *Denominator = cast<SCEVConstant>(getSCEV(LR));
8964 
8965       // We want to make sure that LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator. If it is so,
8966       // then a SCEV for the numerator already exists and matches with FoundLHS.
8967       auto *Numerator = getExistingSCEV(LL);
8968       if (!Numerator || Numerator->getType() != FoundLHS->getType())
8969         return false;
8970 
8971       // Make sure that the numerator matches with FoundLHS and the denominator
8972       // is positive.
8973       if (!HasSameValue(Numerator, FoundLHS) || !isKnownPositive(Denominator))
8974         return false;
8975 
8976       auto *DTy = Denominator->getType();
8977       auto *FRHSTy = FoundRHS->getType();
8978       if (DTy->isPointerTy() != FRHSTy->isPointerTy())
8979         // One of types is a pointer and another one is not. We cannot extend
8980         // them properly to a wider type, so let us just reject this case.
8981         // TODO: Usage of getEffectiveSCEVType for DTy, FRHSTy etc should help
8982         // to avoid this check.
8983         return false;
8984 
8985       // Given that:
8986       // FoundLHS > FoundRHS, LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator, Denominator > 0.
8987       auto *WTy = getWiderType(DTy, FRHSTy);
8988       auto *DenominatorExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(Denominator, WTy);
8989       auto *FoundRHSExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(FoundRHS, WTy);
8990 
8991       // Try to prove the following rule:
8992       // (FoundRHS > Denominator - 2) && (RHS <= 0) => (LHS > RHS).
8993       // For example, given that FoundLHS > 2. It means that FoundLHS is at
8994       // least 3. If we divide it by Denominator < 4, we will have at least 1.
8995       auto *DenomMinusTwo = getMinusSCEV(DenominatorExt, getConstant(WTy, 2));
8996       if (isKnownNonPositive(RHS) &&
8997           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, DenomMinusTwo))
8998         return true;
8999 
9000       // Try to prove the following rule:
9001       // (FoundRHS > -1 - Denominator) && (RHS < 0) => (LHS > RHS).
9002       // For example, given that FoundLHS > -3. Then FoundLHS is at least -2.
9003       // If we divide it by Denominator > 2, then:
9004       // 1. If FoundLHS is negative, then the result is 0.
9005       // 2. If FoundLHS is non-negative, then the result is non-negative.
9006       // Anyways, the result is non-negative.
9007       auto *MinusOne = getNegativeSCEV(getOne(WTy));
9008       auto *NegDenomMinusOne = getMinusSCEV(MinusOne, DenominatorExt);
9009       if (isKnownNegative(RHS) &&
9010           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, NegDenomMinusOne))
9011         return true;
9012     }
9013   }
9014 
9015   return false;
9016 }
9017 
9018 bool
9019 ScalarEvolution::isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9020                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9021   return isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
9022          IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
9023          IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
9024          isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS);
9025 }
9026 
9027 bool
9028 ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9029                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9030                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9031                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9032   switch (Pred) {
9033   default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
9034   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
9035   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
9036     if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS))
9037       return true;
9038     break;
9039   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
9040   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
9041     if (isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9042         isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9043       return true;
9044     break;
9045   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
9046   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9047     if (isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9048         isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9049       return true;
9050     break;
9051   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
9052   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
9053     if (isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9054         isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9055       return true;
9056     break;
9057   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
9058   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9059     if (isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9060         isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9061       return true;
9062     break;
9063   }
9064 
9065   // Maybe it can be proved via operations?
9066   if (isImpliedViaOperations(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9067     return true;
9068 
9069   return false;
9070 }
9071 
9072 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9073                                                      const SCEV *LHS,
9074                                                      const SCEV *RHS,
9075                                                      const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9076                                                      const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9077   if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS) || !isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))
9078     // The restriction on `FoundRHS` be lifted easily -- it exists only to
9079     // reduce the compile time impact of this optimization.
9080     return false;
9081 
9082   Optional<APInt> Addend = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
9083   if (!Addend)
9084     return false;
9085 
9086   const APInt &ConstFoundRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS)->getAPInt();
9087 
9088   // `FoundLHSRange` is the range we know `FoundLHS` to be in by virtue of the
9089   // antecedent "`FoundLHS` `Pred` `FoundRHS`".
9090   ConstantRange FoundLHSRange =
9091       ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(Pred, ConstFoundRHS);
9092 
9093   // Since `LHS` is `FoundLHS` + `Addend`, we can compute a range for `LHS`:
9094   ConstantRange LHSRange = FoundLHSRange.add(ConstantRange(*Addend));
9095 
9096   // We can also compute the range of values for `LHS` that satisfy the
9097   // consequent, "`LHS` `Pred` `RHS`":
9098   const APInt &ConstRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)->getAPInt();
9099   ConstantRange SatisfyingLHSRange =
9100       ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, ConstRHS);
9101 
9102   // The antecedent implies the consequent if every value of `LHS` that
9103   // satisfies the antecedent also satisfies the consequent.
9104   return SatisfyingLHSRange.contains(LHSRange);
9105 }
9106 
9107 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
9108                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
9109   assert(isKnownPositive(Stride) && "Positive stride expected!");
9110 
9111   if (NoWrap) return false;
9112 
9113   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
9114   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
9115 
9116   if (IsSigned) {
9117     APInt MaxRHS = getSignedRangeMax(RHS);
9118     APInt MaxValue = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth);
9119     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9120 
9121     // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow!
9122     return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).slt(MaxRHS);
9123   }
9124 
9125   APInt MaxRHS = getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS);
9126   APInt MaxValue = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
9127   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9128 
9129   // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow!
9130   return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).ult(MaxRHS);
9131 }
9132 
9133 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
9134                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
9135   if (NoWrap) return false;
9136 
9137   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
9138   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
9139 
9140   if (IsSigned) {
9141     APInt MinRHS = getSignedRangeMin(RHS);
9142     APInt MinValue = APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth);
9143     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9144 
9145     // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow!
9146     return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).sgt(MinRHS);
9147   }
9148 
9149   APInt MinRHS = getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS);
9150   APInt MinValue = APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth);
9151   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9152 
9153   // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow!
9154   return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).ugt(MinRHS);
9155 }
9156 
9157 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeBECount(const SCEV *Delta, const SCEV *Step,
9158                                             bool Equality) {
9159   const SCEV *One = getOne(Step->getType());
9160   Delta = Equality ? getAddExpr(Delta, Step)
9161                    : getAddExpr(Delta, getMinusSCEV(Step, One));
9162   return getUDivExpr(Delta, Step);
9163 }
9164 
9165 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
9166 ScalarEvolution::howManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9167                                   const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
9168                                   bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
9169   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
9170   // We handle only IV < Invariant
9171   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
9172     return getCouldNotCompute();
9173 
9174   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9175   bool PredicatedIV = false;
9176 
9177   if (!IV && AllowPredicates) {
9178     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
9179     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
9180     // algorithm below.
9181     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
9182     PredicatedIV = true;
9183   }
9184 
9185   // Avoid weird loops
9186   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
9187     return getCouldNotCompute();
9188 
9189   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
9190                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
9191 
9192   const SCEV *Stride = IV->getStepRecurrence(*this);
9193 
9194   bool PositiveStride = isKnownPositive(Stride);
9195 
9196   // Avoid negative or zero stride values.
9197   if (!PositiveStride) {
9198     // We can compute the correct backedge taken count for loops with unknown
9199     // strides if we can prove that the loop is not an infinite loop with side
9200     // effects. Here's the loop structure we are trying to handle -
9201     //
9202     // i = start
9203     // do {
9204     //   A[i] = i;
9205     //   i += s;
9206     // } while (i < end);
9207     //
9208     // The backedge taken count for such loops is evaluated as -
9209     // (max(end, start + stride) - start - 1) /u stride
9210     //
9211     // The additional preconditions that we need to check to prove correctness
9212     // of the above formula is as follows -
9213     //
9214     // a) IV is either nuw or nsw depending upon signedness (indicated by the
9215     //    NoWrap flag).
9216     // b) loop is single exit with no side effects.
9217     //
9218     //
9219     // Precondition a) implies that if the stride is negative, this is a single
9220     // trip loop. The backedge taken count formula reduces to zero in this case.
9221     //
9222     // Precondition b) implies that the unknown stride cannot be zero otherwise
9223     // we have UB.
9224     //
9225     // The positive stride case is the same as isKnownPositive(Stride) returning
9226     // true (original behavior of the function).
9227     //
9228     // We want to make sure that the stride is truly unknown as there are edge
9229     // cases where ScalarEvolution propagates no wrap flags to the
9230     // post-increment/decrement IV even though the increment/decrement operation
9231     // itself is wrapping. The computed backedge taken count may be wrong in
9232     // such cases. This is prevented by checking that the stride is not known to
9233     // be either positive or non-positive. For example, no wrap flags are
9234     // propagated to the post-increment IV of this loop with a trip count of 2 -
9235     //
9236     // unsigned char i;
9237     // for(i=127; i<128; i+=129)
9238     //   A[i] = i;
9239     //
9240     if (PredicatedIV || !NoWrap || isKnownNonPositive(Stride) ||
9241         !loopHasNoSideEffects(L))
9242       return getCouldNotCompute();
9243 
9244   } else if (!Stride->isOne() &&
9245              doesIVOverflowOnLT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
9246     // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken
9247     // count will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow
9248     // conditions exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of
9249     // undefined behaviors like the case of C language.
9250     return getCouldNotCompute();
9251 
9252   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
9253                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
9254   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
9255   const SCEV *End = RHS;
9256   // If the backedge is taken at least once, then it will be taken
9257   // (End-Start)/Stride times (rounded up to a multiple of Stride), where Start
9258   // is the LHS value of the less-than comparison the first time it is evaluated
9259   // and End is the RHS.
9260   const SCEV *BECountIfBackedgeTaken =
9261     computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
9262   // If the loop entry is guarded by the result of the backedge test of the
9263   // first loop iteration, then we know the backedge will be taken at least
9264   // once and so the backedge taken count is as above. If not then we use the
9265   // expression (max(End,Start)-Start)/Stride to describe the backedge count,
9266   // as if the backedge is taken at least once max(End,Start) is End and so the
9267   // result is as above, and if not max(End,Start) is Start so we get a backedge
9268   // count of zero.
9269   const SCEV *BECount;
9270   if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getMinusSCEV(Start, Stride), RHS))
9271     BECount = BECountIfBackedgeTaken;
9272   else {
9273     End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start);
9274     BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
9275   }
9276 
9277   const SCEV *MaxBECount;
9278   bool MaxOrZero = false;
9279   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
9280     MaxBECount = BECount;
9281   else if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECountIfBackedgeTaken)) {
9282     // If we know exactly how many times the backedge will be taken if it's
9283     // taken at least once, then the backedge count will either be that or
9284     // zero.
9285     MaxBECount = BECountIfBackedgeTaken;
9286     MaxOrZero = true;
9287   } else {
9288     // Calculate the maximum backedge count based on the range of values
9289     // permitted by Start, End, and Stride.
9290     APInt MinStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Start)
9291                               : getUnsignedRangeMin(Start);
9292 
9293     unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
9294 
9295     APInt StrideForMaxBECount;
9296 
9297     if (PositiveStride)
9298       StrideForMaxBECount =
9299         IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride)
9300                  : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
9301     else
9302       // Using a stride of 1 is safe when computing max backedge taken count for
9303       // a loop with unknown stride.
9304       StrideForMaxBECount = APInt(BitWidth, 1, IsSigned);
9305 
9306     APInt Limit =
9307       IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) - (StrideForMaxBECount - 1)
9308                : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - (StrideForMaxBECount - 1);
9309 
9310     // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only
9311     // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (End - Start)
9312     // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
9313     APInt MaxEnd =
9314       IsSigned ? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRangeMax(RHS), Limit)
9315                : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS), Limit);
9316 
9317     MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxEnd - MinStart),
9318                                 getConstant(StrideForMaxBECount), false);
9319   }
9320 
9321   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
9322       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
9323     MaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
9324 
9325   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, MaxOrZero, Predicates);
9326 }
9327 
9328 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
9329 ScalarEvolution::howManyGreaterThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9330                                      const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
9331                                      bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
9332   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
9333   // We handle only IV > Invariant
9334   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
9335     return getCouldNotCompute();
9336 
9337   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9338   if (!IV && AllowPredicates)
9339     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
9340     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
9341     // algorithm below.
9342     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
9343 
9344   // Avoid weird loops
9345   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
9346     return getCouldNotCompute();
9347 
9348   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
9349                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
9350 
9351   const SCEV *Stride = getNegativeSCEV(IV->getStepRecurrence(*this));
9352 
9353   // Avoid negative or zero stride values
9354   if (!isKnownPositive(Stride))
9355     return getCouldNotCompute();
9356 
9357   // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count
9358   // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions
9359   // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined
9360   // behaviors like the case of C language.
9361   if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnGT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
9362     return getCouldNotCompute();
9363 
9364   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
9365                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
9366 
9367   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
9368   const SCEV *End = RHS;
9369   if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getAddExpr(Start, Stride), RHS))
9370     End = IsSigned ? getSMinExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMinExpr(RHS, Start);
9371 
9372   const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(Start, End), Stride, false);
9373 
9374   APInt MaxStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMax(Start)
9375                             : getUnsignedRangeMax(Start);
9376 
9377   APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride)
9378                              : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
9379 
9380   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
9381   APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1)
9382                          : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1);
9383 
9384   // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only
9385   // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End)
9386   // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
9387   APInt MinEnd =
9388     IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit)
9389              : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit);
9390 
9391 
9392   const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
9393   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
9394     MaxBECount = BECount;
9395   else
9396     MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxStart - MinEnd),
9397                                 getConstant(MinStride), false);
9398 
9399   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount))
9400     MaxBECount = BECount;
9401 
9402   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false, Predicates);
9403 }
9404 
9405 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(const ConstantRange &Range,
9406                                                     ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
9407   if (Range.isFullSet())  // Infinite loop.
9408     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
9409 
9410   // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things.
9411   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart()))
9412     if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) {
9413       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(op_begin(), op_end());
9414       Operands[0] = SE.getZero(SC->getType());
9415       const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop(),
9416                                              getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW));
9417       if (const auto *ShiftedAddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted))
9418         return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(
9419             Range.subtract(SC->getAPInt()), SE);
9420       // This is strange and shouldn't happen.
9421       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
9422     }
9423 
9424   // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices.
9425   // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions.
9426   if (any_of(operands(), [](const SCEV *Op) { return !isa<SCEVConstant>(Op); }))
9427     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
9428 
9429   // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and
9430   // that the start element is zero.
9431 
9432   // First check to see if the range contains zero.  If not, the first
9433   // iteration exits.
9434   unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType());
9435   if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0)))
9436     return SE.getZero(getType());
9437 
9438   if (isAffine()) {
9439     // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation:
9440     //   Solve {0,+,A} in Range  ===  Ax in Range
9441 
9442     // We know that zero is in the range.  If A is positive then we know that
9443     // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value.
9444     // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop
9445     // value.  Also note that we already checked for a full range.
9446     APInt A = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getAPInt();
9447     APInt End = A.sge(1) ? (Range.getUpper() - 1) : Range.getLower();
9448 
9449     // The exit value should be (End+A)/A.
9450     APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A);
9451     ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal);
9452 
9453     // Evaluate at the exit value.  If we really did fall out of the valid
9454     // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other
9455     // things must have happened.
9456     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE);
9457     if (Range.contains(Val->getValue()))
9458       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
9459 
9460     // Ensure that the previous value is in the range.  This is a sanity check.
9461     assert(Range.contains(
9462            EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
9463            ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - 1), SE)->getValue()) &&
9464            "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!");
9465     return SE.getConstant(ExitValue);
9466   } else if (isQuadratic()) {
9467     // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of the
9468     // quadratic equation to solve it.  To do this, we must frame our problem in
9469     // terms of figuring out when zero is crossed, instead of when
9470     // Range.getUpper() is crossed.
9471     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(op_begin(), op_end());
9472     NewOps[0] = SE.getNegativeSCEV(SE.getConstant(Range.getUpper()));
9473     const SCEV *NewAddRec = SE.getAddRecExpr(NewOps, getLoop(), FlagAnyWrap);
9474 
9475     // Next, solve the constructed addrec
9476     if (auto Roots =
9477             SolveQuadraticEquation(cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec), SE)) {
9478       const SCEVConstant *R1 = Roots->first;
9479       const SCEVConstant *R2 = Roots->second;
9480       // Pick the smallest positive root value.
9481       if (ConstantInt *CB = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(
9482               ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
9483         if (!CB->getZExtValue())
9484           std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now.
9485 
9486         // Make sure the root is not off by one.  The returned iteration should
9487         // not be in the range, but the previous one should be.  When solving
9488         // for "X*X < 5", for example, we should not return a root of 2.
9489         ConstantInt *R1Val =
9490             EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, R1->getValue(), SE);
9491         if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) {
9492           // The next iteration must be out of the range...
9493           ConstantInt *NextVal =
9494               ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getAPInt() + 1);
9495 
9496           R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
9497           if (!Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
9498             return SE.getConstant(NextVal);
9499           return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened
9500         }
9501 
9502         // If R1 was not in the range, then it is a good return value.  Make
9503         // sure that R1-1 WAS in the range though, just in case.
9504         ConstantInt *NextVal =
9505             ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getAPInt() - 1);
9506         R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
9507         if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
9508           return R1;
9509         return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened
9510       }
9511     }
9512   }
9513 
9514   return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
9515 }
9516 
9517 // Return true when S contains at least an undef value.
9518 static inline bool containsUndefs(const SCEV *S) {
9519   return SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
9520     if (const auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S))
9521       return isa<UndefValue>(SU->getValue());
9522     else if (const auto *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
9523       return isa<UndefValue>(SC->getValue());
9524     return false;
9525   });
9526 }
9527 
9528 namespace {
9529 // Collect all steps of SCEV expressions.
9530 struct SCEVCollectStrides {
9531   ScalarEvolution &SE;
9532   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Strides;
9533 
9534   SCEVCollectStrides(ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &S)
9535       : SE(SE), Strides(S) {}
9536 
9537   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
9538     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
9539       Strides.push_back(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE));
9540     return true;
9541   }
9542   bool isDone() const { return false; }
9543 };
9544 
9545 // Collect all SCEVUnknown and SCEVMulExpr expressions.
9546 struct SCEVCollectTerms {
9547   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
9548 
9549   SCEVCollectTerms(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T)
9550       : Terms(T) {}
9551 
9552   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
9553     if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S) ||
9554         isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
9555       if (!containsUndefs(S))
9556         Terms.push_back(S);
9557 
9558       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
9559       return false;
9560     }
9561 
9562     // Keep looking.
9563     return true;
9564   }
9565   bool isDone() const { return false; }
9566 };
9567 
9568 // Check if a SCEV contains an AddRecExpr.
9569 struct SCEVHasAddRec {
9570   bool &ContainsAddRec;
9571 
9572   SCEVHasAddRec(bool &ContainsAddRec) : ContainsAddRec(ContainsAddRec) {
9573    ContainsAddRec = false;
9574   }
9575 
9576   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
9577     if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
9578       ContainsAddRec = true;
9579 
9580       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
9581       return false;
9582     }
9583 
9584     // Keep looking.
9585     return true;
9586   }
9587   bool isDone() const { return false; }
9588 };
9589 
9590 // Find factors that are multiplied with an expression that (possibly as a
9591 // subexpression) contains an AddRecExpr. In the expression:
9592 //
9593 //  8 * (100 +  %p * %q * (%a + {0, +, 1}_loop))
9594 //
9595 // "%p * %q" are factors multiplied by the expression "(%a + {0, +, 1}_loop)"
9596 // that contains the AddRec {0, +, 1}_loop. %p * %q are likely to be array size
9597 // parameters as they form a product with an induction variable.
9598 //
9599 // This collector expects all array size parameters to be in the same MulExpr.
9600 // It might be necessary to later add support for collecting parameters that are
9601 // spread over different nested MulExpr.
9602 struct SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies {
9603   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
9604   ScalarEvolution &SE;
9605 
9606   SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T, ScalarEvolution &SE)
9607       : Terms(T), SE(SE) {}
9608 
9609   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
9610     if (auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
9611       bool HasAddRec = false;
9612       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 0> Operands;
9613       for (auto Op : Mul->operands()) {
9614         const SCEVUnknown *Unknown = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(Op);
9615         if (Unknown && !isa<CallInst>(Unknown->getValue())) {
9616           Operands.push_back(Op);
9617         } else if (Unknown) {
9618           HasAddRec = true;
9619         } else {
9620           bool ContainsAddRec;
9621           SCEVHasAddRec ContiansAddRec(ContainsAddRec);
9622           visitAll(Op, ContiansAddRec);
9623           HasAddRec |= ContainsAddRec;
9624         }
9625       }
9626       if (Operands.size() == 0)
9627         return true;
9628 
9629       if (!HasAddRec)
9630         return false;
9631 
9632       Terms.push_back(SE.getMulExpr(Operands));
9633       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
9634       return false;
9635     }
9636 
9637     // Keep looking.
9638     return true;
9639   }
9640   bool isDone() const { return false; }
9641 };
9642 }
9643 
9644 /// Find parametric terms in this SCEVAddRecExpr. We first for parameters in
9645 /// two places:
9646 ///   1) The strides of AddRec expressions.
9647 ///   2) Unknowns that are multiplied with AddRec expressions.
9648 void ScalarEvolution::collectParametricTerms(const SCEV *Expr,
9649     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
9650   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Strides;
9651   SCEVCollectStrides StrideCollector(*this, Strides);
9652   visitAll(Expr, StrideCollector);
9653 
9654   DEBUG({
9655       dbgs() << "Strides:\n";
9656       for (const SCEV *S : Strides)
9657         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
9658     });
9659 
9660   for (const SCEV *S : Strides) {
9661     SCEVCollectTerms TermCollector(Terms);
9662     visitAll(S, TermCollector);
9663   }
9664 
9665   DEBUG({
9666       dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
9667       for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
9668         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
9669     });
9670 
9671   SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies MulCollector(Terms, *this);
9672   visitAll(Expr, MulCollector);
9673 }
9674 
9675 static bool findArrayDimensionsRec(ScalarEvolution &SE,
9676                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
9677                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
9678   int Last = Terms.size() - 1;
9679   const SCEV *Step = Terms[Last];
9680 
9681   // End of recursion.
9682   if (Last == 0) {
9683     if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Step)) {
9684       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
9685       for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
9686         if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
9687           Qs.push_back(Op);
9688 
9689       Step = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
9690     }
9691 
9692     Sizes.push_back(Step);
9693     return true;
9694   }
9695 
9696   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
9697     // Normalize the terms before the next call to findArrayDimensionsRec.
9698     const SCEV *Q, *R;
9699     SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, Step, &Q, &R);
9700 
9701     // Bail out when GCD does not evenly divide one of the terms.
9702     if (!R->isZero())
9703       return false;
9704 
9705     Term = Q;
9706   }
9707 
9708   // Remove all SCEVConstants.
9709   Terms.erase(
9710       remove_if(Terms, [](const SCEV *E) { return isa<SCEVConstant>(E); }),
9711       Terms.end());
9712 
9713   if (Terms.size() > 0)
9714     if (!findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, Terms, Sizes))
9715       return false;
9716 
9717   Sizes.push_back(Step);
9718   return true;
9719 }
9720 
9721 
9722 // Returns true when one of the SCEVs of Terms contains a SCEVUnknown parameter.
9723 static inline bool containsParameters(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
9724   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
9725     if (SCEVExprContains(T, isa<SCEVUnknown, const SCEV *>))
9726       return true;
9727   return false;
9728 }
9729 
9730 // Return the number of product terms in S.
9731 static inline int numberOfTerms(const SCEV *S) {
9732   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Expr = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S))
9733     return Expr->getNumOperands();
9734   return 1;
9735 }
9736 
9737 static const SCEV *removeConstantFactors(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *T) {
9738   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(T))
9739     return nullptr;
9740 
9741   if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(T))
9742     return T;
9743 
9744   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(T)) {
9745     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Factors;
9746     for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
9747       if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
9748         Factors.push_back(Op);
9749 
9750     return SE.getMulExpr(Factors);
9751   }
9752 
9753   return T;
9754 }
9755 
9756 /// Return the size of an element read or written by Inst.
9757 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getElementSize(Instruction *Inst) {
9758   Type *Ty;
9759   if (StoreInst *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst))
9760     Ty = Store->getValueOperand()->getType();
9761   else if (LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst))
9762     Ty = Load->getType();
9763   else
9764     return nullptr;
9765 
9766   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(Ty));
9767   return getSizeOfExpr(ETy, Ty);
9768 }
9769 
9770 void ScalarEvolution::findArrayDimensions(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
9771                                           SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
9772                                           const SCEV *ElementSize) {
9773   if (Terms.size() < 1 || !ElementSize)
9774     return;
9775 
9776   // Early return when Terms do not contain parameters: we do not delinearize
9777   // non parametric SCEVs.
9778   if (!containsParameters(Terms))
9779     return;
9780 
9781   DEBUG({
9782       dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
9783       for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
9784         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
9785     });
9786 
9787   // Remove duplicates.
9788   array_pod_sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end());
9789   Terms.erase(std::unique(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()), Terms.end());
9790 
9791   // Put larger terms first.
9792   std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9793     return numberOfTerms(LHS) > numberOfTerms(RHS);
9794   });
9795 
9796   // Try to divide all terms by the element size. If term is not divisible by
9797   // element size, proceed with the original term.
9798   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
9799     const SCEV *Q, *R;
9800     SCEVDivision::divide(*this, Term, ElementSize, &Q, &R);
9801     if (!Q->isZero())
9802       Term = Q;
9803   }
9804 
9805   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewTerms;
9806 
9807   // Remove constant factors.
9808   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
9809     if (const SCEV *NewT = removeConstantFactors(*this, T))
9810       NewTerms.push_back(NewT);
9811 
9812   DEBUG({
9813       dbgs() << "Terms after sorting:\n";
9814       for (const SCEV *T : NewTerms)
9815         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
9816     });
9817 
9818   if (NewTerms.empty() || !findArrayDimensionsRec(*this, NewTerms, Sizes)) {
9819     Sizes.clear();
9820     return;
9821   }
9822 
9823   // The last element to be pushed into Sizes is the size of an element.
9824   Sizes.push_back(ElementSize);
9825 
9826   DEBUG({
9827       dbgs() << "Sizes:\n";
9828       for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
9829         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
9830     });
9831 }
9832 
9833 void ScalarEvolution::computeAccessFunctions(
9834     const SCEV *Expr, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
9835     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
9836 
9837   // Early exit in case this SCEV is not an affine multivariate function.
9838   if (Sizes.empty())
9839     return;
9840 
9841   if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr))
9842     if (!AR->isAffine())
9843       return;
9844 
9845   const SCEV *Res = Expr;
9846   int Last = Sizes.size() - 1;
9847   for (int i = Last; i >= 0; i--) {
9848     const SCEV *Q, *R;
9849     SCEVDivision::divide(*this, Res, Sizes[i], &Q, &R);
9850 
9851     DEBUG({
9852         dbgs() << "Res: " << *Res << "\n";
9853         dbgs() << "Sizes[i]: " << *Sizes[i] << "\n";
9854         dbgs() << "Res divided by Sizes[i]:\n";
9855         dbgs() << "Quotient: " << *Q << "\n";
9856         dbgs() << "Remainder: " << *R << "\n";
9857       });
9858 
9859     Res = Q;
9860 
9861     // Do not record the last subscript corresponding to the size of elements in
9862     // the array.
9863     if (i == Last) {
9864 
9865       // Bail out if the remainder is too complex.
9866       if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(R)) {
9867         Subscripts.clear();
9868         Sizes.clear();
9869         return;
9870       }
9871 
9872       continue;
9873     }
9874 
9875     // Record the access function for the current subscript.
9876     Subscripts.push_back(R);
9877   }
9878 
9879   // Also push in last position the remainder of the last division: it will be
9880   // the access function of the innermost dimension.
9881   Subscripts.push_back(Res);
9882 
9883   std::reverse(Subscripts.begin(), Subscripts.end());
9884 
9885   DEBUG({
9886       dbgs() << "Subscripts:\n";
9887       for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
9888         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
9889     });
9890 }
9891 
9892 /// Splits the SCEV into two vectors of SCEVs representing the subscripts and
9893 /// sizes of an array access. Returns the remainder of the delinearization that
9894 /// is the offset start of the array.  The SCEV->delinearize algorithm computes
9895 /// the multiples of SCEV coefficients: that is a pattern matching of sub
9896 /// expressions in the stride and base of a SCEV corresponding to the
9897 /// computation of a GCD (greatest common divisor) of base and stride.  When
9898 /// SCEV->delinearize fails, it returns the SCEV unchanged.
9899 ///
9900 /// For example: when analyzing the memory access A[i][j][k] in this loop nest
9901 ///
9902 ///  void foo(long n, long m, long o, double A[n][m][o]) {
9903 ///
9904 ///    for (long i = 0; i < n; i++)
9905 ///      for (long j = 0; j < m; j++)
9906 ///        for (long k = 0; k < o; k++)
9907 ///          A[i][j][k] = 1.0;
9908 ///  }
9909 ///
9910 /// the delinearization input is the following AddRec SCEV:
9911 ///
9912 ///  AddRec: {{{%A,+,(8 * %m * %o)}<%for.i>,+,(8 * %o)}<%for.j>,+,8}<%for.k>
9913 ///
9914 /// From this SCEV, we are able to say that the base offset of the access is %A
9915 /// because it appears as an offset that does not divide any of the strides in
9916 /// the loops:
9917 ///
9918 ///  CHECK: Base offset: %A
9919 ///
9920 /// and then SCEV->delinearize determines the size of some of the dimensions of
9921 /// the array as these are the multiples by which the strides are happening:
9922 ///
9923 ///  CHECK: ArrayDecl[UnknownSize][%m][%o] with elements of sizeof(double) bytes.
9924 ///
9925 /// Note that the outermost dimension remains of UnknownSize because there are
9926 /// no strides that would help identifying the size of the last dimension: when
9927 /// the array has been statically allocated, one could compute the size of that
9928 /// dimension by dividing the overall size of the array by the size of the known
9929 /// dimensions: %m * %o * 8.
9930 ///
9931 /// Finally delinearize provides the access functions for the array reference
9932 /// that does correspond to A[i][j][k] of the above C testcase:
9933 ///
9934 ///  CHECK: ArrayRef[{0,+,1}<%for.i>][{0,+,1}<%for.j>][{0,+,1}<%for.k>]
9935 ///
9936 /// The testcases are checking the output of a function pass:
9937 /// DelinearizationPass that walks through all loads and stores of a function
9938 /// asking for the SCEV of the memory access with respect to all enclosing
9939 /// loops, calling SCEV->delinearize on that and printing the results.
9940 
9941 void ScalarEvolution::delinearize(const SCEV *Expr,
9942                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
9943                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
9944                                  const SCEV *ElementSize) {
9945   // First step: collect parametric terms.
9946   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Terms;
9947   collectParametricTerms(Expr, Terms);
9948 
9949   if (Terms.empty())
9950     return;
9951 
9952   // Second step: find subscript sizes.
9953   findArrayDimensions(Terms, Sizes, ElementSize);
9954 
9955   if (Sizes.empty())
9956     return;
9957 
9958   // Third step: compute the access functions for each subscript.
9959   computeAccessFunctions(Expr, Subscripts, Sizes);
9960 
9961   if (Subscripts.empty())
9962     return;
9963 
9964   DEBUG({
9965       dbgs() << "succeeded to delinearize " << *Expr << "\n";
9966       dbgs() << "ArrayDecl[UnknownSize]";
9967       for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
9968         dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
9969 
9970       dbgs() << "\nArrayRef";
9971       for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
9972         dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
9973       dbgs() << "\n";
9974     });
9975 }
9976 
9977 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9978 //                   SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation
9979 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9980 
9981 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() {
9982   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
9983   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr()))
9984     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
9985   SE->eraseValueFromMap(getValPtr());
9986   // this now dangles!
9987 }
9988 
9989 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) {
9990   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
9991 
9992   // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value,
9993   // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new
9994   // value.
9995   Value *Old = getValPtr();
9996   SmallVector<User *, 16> Worklist(Old->user_begin(), Old->user_end());
9997   SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
9998   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
9999     User *U = Worklist.pop_back_val();
10000     // Deleting the Old value will cause this to dangle. Postpone
10001     // that until everything else is done.
10002     if (U == Old)
10003       continue;
10004     if (!Visited.insert(U).second)
10005       continue;
10006     if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U))
10007       SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
10008     SE->eraseValueFromMap(U);
10009     Worklist.insert(Worklist.end(), U->user_begin(), U->user_end());
10010   }
10011   // Delete the Old value.
10012   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Old))
10013     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
10014   SE->eraseValueFromMap(Old);
10015   // this now dangles!
10016 }
10017 
10018 ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se)
10019   : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {}
10020 
10021 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10022 //                   ScalarEvolution Class Implementation
10023 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10024 
10025 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(Function &F, TargetLibraryInfo &TLI,
10026                                  AssumptionCache &AC, DominatorTree &DT,
10027                                  LoopInfo &LI)
10028     : F(F), TLI(TLI), AC(AC), DT(DT), LI(LI),
10029       CouldNotCompute(new SCEVCouldNotCompute()),
10030       WalkingBEDominatingConds(false), ProvingSplitPredicate(false),
10031       ValuesAtScopes(64), LoopDispositions(64), BlockDispositions(64),
10032       FirstUnknown(nullptr) {
10033 
10034   // To use guards for proving predicates, we need to scan every instruction in
10035   // relevant basic blocks, and not just terminators.  Doing this is a waste of
10036   // time if the IR does not actually contain any calls to
10037   // @llvm.experimental.guard, so do a quick check and remember this beforehand.
10038   //
10039   // This pessimizes the case where a pass that preserves ScalarEvolution wants
10040   // to _add_ guards to the module when there weren't any before, and wants
10041   // ScalarEvolution to optimize based on those guards.  For now we prefer to be
10042   // efficient in lieu of being smart in that rather obscure case.
10043 
10044   auto *GuardDecl = F.getParent()->getFunction(
10045       Intrinsic::getName(Intrinsic::experimental_guard));
10046   HasGuards = GuardDecl && !GuardDecl->use_empty();
10047 }
10048 
10049 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &&Arg)
10050     : F(Arg.F), HasGuards(Arg.HasGuards), TLI(Arg.TLI), AC(Arg.AC), DT(Arg.DT),
10051       LI(Arg.LI), CouldNotCompute(std::move(Arg.CouldNotCompute)),
10052       ValueExprMap(std::move(Arg.ValueExprMap)),
10053       PendingLoopPredicates(std::move(Arg.PendingLoopPredicates)),
10054       WalkingBEDominatingConds(false), ProvingSplitPredicate(false),
10055       MinTrailingZerosCache(std::move(Arg.MinTrailingZerosCache)),
10056       BackedgeTakenCounts(std::move(Arg.BackedgeTakenCounts)),
10057       PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts(
10058           std::move(Arg.PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts)),
10059       ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(
10060           std::move(Arg.ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue)),
10061       ValuesAtScopes(std::move(Arg.ValuesAtScopes)),
10062       LoopDispositions(std::move(Arg.LoopDispositions)),
10063       LoopPropertiesCache(std::move(Arg.LoopPropertiesCache)),
10064       BlockDispositions(std::move(Arg.BlockDispositions)),
10065       UnsignedRanges(std::move(Arg.UnsignedRanges)),
10066       SignedRanges(std::move(Arg.SignedRanges)),
10067       UniqueSCEVs(std::move(Arg.UniqueSCEVs)),
10068       UniquePreds(std::move(Arg.UniquePreds)),
10069       SCEVAllocator(std::move(Arg.SCEVAllocator)),
10070       FirstUnknown(Arg.FirstUnknown) {
10071   Arg.FirstUnknown = nullptr;
10072 }
10073 
10074 ScalarEvolution::~ScalarEvolution() {
10075   // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their
10076   // destructors, so that they release their references to their values.
10077   for (SCEVUnknown *U = FirstUnknown; U;) {
10078     SCEVUnknown *Tmp = U;
10079     U = U->Next;
10080     Tmp->~SCEVUnknown();
10081   }
10082   FirstUnknown = nullptr;
10083 
10084   ExprValueMap.clear();
10085   ValueExprMap.clear();
10086   HasRecMap.clear();
10087 
10088   // Free any extra memory created for ExitNotTakenInfo in the unlikely event
10089   // that a loop had multiple computable exits.
10090   for (auto &BTCI : BackedgeTakenCounts)
10091     BTCI.second.clear();
10092   for (auto &BTCI : PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts)
10093     BTCI.second.clear();
10094 
10095   assert(PendingLoopPredicates.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage");
10096   assert(!WalkingBEDominatingConds && "isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond garbage!");
10097   assert(!ProvingSplitPredicate && "ProvingSplitPredicate garbage!");
10098 }
10099 
10100 bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
10101   return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
10102 }
10103 
10104 static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE,
10105                           const Loop *L) {
10106   // Print all inner loops first
10107   for (Loop *I : *L)
10108     PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, I);
10109 
10110   OS << "Loop ";
10111   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10112   OS << ": ";
10113 
10114   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitBlocks;
10115   L->getExitBlocks(ExitBlocks);
10116   if (ExitBlocks.size() != 1)
10117     OS << "<multiple exits> ";
10118 
10119   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
10120     OS << "backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
10121   } else {
10122     OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count. ";
10123   }
10124 
10125   OS << "\n"
10126         "Loop ";
10127   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10128   OS << ": ";
10129 
10130   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L))) {
10131     OS << "max backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
10132     if (SE->isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(L))
10133       OS << ", actual taken count either this or zero.";
10134   } else {
10135     OS << "Unpredictable max backedge-taken count. ";
10136   }
10137 
10138   OS << "\n"
10139         "Loop ";
10140   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10141   OS << ": ";
10142 
10143   SCEVUnionPredicate Pred;
10144   auto PBT = SE->getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(L, Pred);
10145   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(PBT)) {
10146     OS << "Predicated backedge-taken count is " << *PBT << "\n";
10147     OS << " Predicates:\n";
10148     Pred.print(OS, 4);
10149   } else {
10150     OS << "Unpredictable predicated backedge-taken count. ";
10151   }
10152   OS << "\n";
10153 
10154   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
10155     OS << "Loop ";
10156     L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10157     OS << ": ";
10158     OS << "Trip multiple is " << SE->getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L) << "\n";
10159   }
10160 }
10161 
10162 static StringRef loopDispositionToStr(ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition LD) {
10163   switch (LD) {
10164   case ScalarEvolution::LoopVariant:
10165     return "Variant";
10166   case ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariant:
10167     return "Invariant";
10168   case ScalarEvolution::LoopComputable:
10169     return "Computable";
10170   }
10171   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition kind!");
10172 }
10173 
10174 void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
10175   // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print
10176   // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing
10177   // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though,
10178   // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't
10179   // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the
10180   // const isn't dangerous.
10181   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
10182 
10183   OS << "Classifying expressions for: ";
10184   F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10185   OS << "\n";
10186   for (Instruction &I : instructions(F))
10187     if (isSCEVable(I.getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(I)) {
10188       OS << I << '\n';
10189       OS << "  -->  ";
10190       const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&I);
10191       SV->print(OS);
10192       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SV)) {
10193         OS << " U: ";
10194         SE.getUnsignedRange(SV).print(OS);
10195         OS << " S: ";
10196         SE.getSignedRange(SV).print(OS);
10197       }
10198 
10199       const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(I.getParent());
10200 
10201       const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L);
10202       if (AtUse != SV) {
10203         OS << "  -->  ";
10204         AtUse->print(OS);
10205         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(AtUse)) {
10206           OS << " U: ";
10207           SE.getUnsignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
10208           OS << " S: ";
10209           SE.getSignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
10210         }
10211       }
10212 
10213       if (L) {
10214         OS << "\t\t" "Exits: ";
10215         const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop());
10216         if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue, L)) {
10217           OS << "<<Unknown>>";
10218         } else {
10219           OS << *ExitValue;
10220         }
10221 
10222         bool First = true;
10223         for (auto *Iter = L; Iter; Iter = Iter->getParentLoop()) {
10224           if (First) {
10225             OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
10226             First = false;
10227           } else {
10228             OS << ", ";
10229           }
10230 
10231           Iter->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10232           OS << ": " << loopDispositionToStr(SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, Iter));
10233         }
10234 
10235         for (auto *InnerL : depth_first(L)) {
10236           if (InnerL == L)
10237             continue;
10238           if (First) {
10239             OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
10240             First = false;
10241           } else {
10242             OS << ", ";
10243           }
10244 
10245           InnerL->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10246           OS << ": " << loopDispositionToStr(SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, InnerL));
10247         }
10248 
10249         OS << " }";
10250       }
10251 
10252       OS << "\n";
10253     }
10254 
10255   OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: ";
10256   F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10257   OS << "\n";
10258   for (Loop *I : LI)
10259     PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, I);
10260 }
10261 
10262 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
10263 ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
10264   auto &Values = LoopDispositions[S];
10265   for (auto &V : Values) {
10266     if (V.getPointer() == L)
10267       return V.getInt();
10268   }
10269   Values.emplace_back(L, LoopVariant);
10270   LoopDisposition D = computeLoopDisposition(S, L);
10271   auto &Values2 = LoopDispositions[S];
10272   for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
10273     if (V.getPointer() == L) {
10274       V.setInt(D);
10275       break;
10276     }
10277   }
10278   return D;
10279 }
10280 
10281 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
10282 ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
10283   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
10284   case scConstant:
10285     return LoopInvariant;
10286   case scTruncate:
10287   case scZeroExtend:
10288   case scSignExtend:
10289     return getLoopDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), L);
10290   case scAddRecExpr: {
10291     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
10292 
10293     // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable.
10294     if (AR->getLoop() == L)
10295       return LoopComputable;
10296 
10297     // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop).
10298     if (!L)
10299       return LoopVariant;
10300 
10301     // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if L contains AR's loop.
10302     if (L->contains(AR->getLoop()))
10303       return LoopVariant;
10304 
10305     // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L.
10306     if (AR->getLoop()->contains(L))
10307       return LoopInvariant;
10308 
10309     // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands
10310     // are variant.
10311     for (auto *Op : AR->operands())
10312       if (!isLoopInvariant(Op, L))
10313         return LoopVariant;
10314 
10315     // Otherwise it's loop-invariant.
10316     return LoopInvariant;
10317   }
10318   case scAddExpr:
10319   case scMulExpr:
10320   case scUMaxExpr:
10321   case scSMaxExpr: {
10322     bool HasVarying = false;
10323     for (auto *Op : cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S)->operands()) {
10324       LoopDisposition D = getLoopDisposition(Op, L);
10325       if (D == LoopVariant)
10326         return LoopVariant;
10327       if (D == LoopComputable)
10328         HasVarying = true;
10329     }
10330     return HasVarying ? LoopComputable : LoopInvariant;
10331   }
10332   case scUDivExpr: {
10333     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
10334     LoopDisposition LD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getLHS(), L);
10335     if (LD == LoopVariant)
10336       return LoopVariant;
10337     LoopDisposition RD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getRHS(), L);
10338     if (RD == LoopVariant)
10339       return LoopVariant;
10340     return (LD == LoopInvariant && RD == LoopInvariant) ?
10341            LoopInvariant : LoopComputable;
10342   }
10343   case scUnknown:
10344     // All non-instruction values are loop invariant.  All instructions are loop
10345     // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop.
10346     // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body
10347     // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop".
10348     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue()))
10349       return (L && !L->contains(I)) ? LoopInvariant : LoopVariant;
10350     return LoopInvariant;
10351   case scCouldNotCompute:
10352     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
10353   }
10354   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
10355 }
10356 
10357 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
10358   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopInvariant;
10359 }
10360 
10361 bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
10362   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopComputable;
10363 }
10364 
10365 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
10366 ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
10367   auto &Values = BlockDispositions[S];
10368   for (auto &V : Values) {
10369     if (V.getPointer() == BB)
10370       return V.getInt();
10371   }
10372   Values.emplace_back(BB, DoesNotDominateBlock);
10373   BlockDisposition D = computeBlockDisposition(S, BB);
10374   auto &Values2 = BlockDispositions[S];
10375   for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
10376     if (V.getPointer() == BB) {
10377       V.setInt(D);
10378       break;
10379     }
10380   }
10381   return D;
10382 }
10383 
10384 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
10385 ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
10386   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
10387   case scConstant:
10388     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
10389   case scTruncate:
10390   case scZeroExtend:
10391   case scSignExtend:
10392     return getBlockDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), BB);
10393   case scAddRecExpr: {
10394     // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query
10395     // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which
10396     // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly
10397     // dominates its entire containing block.
10398     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
10399     if (!DT.dominates(AR->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB))
10400       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
10401 
10402     // Fall through into SCEVNAryExpr handling.
10403     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
10404   }
10405   case scAddExpr:
10406   case scMulExpr:
10407   case scUMaxExpr:
10408   case scSMaxExpr: {
10409     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S);
10410     bool Proper = true;
10411     for (const SCEV *NAryOp : NAry->operands()) {
10412       BlockDisposition D = getBlockDisposition(NAryOp, BB);
10413       if (D == DoesNotDominateBlock)
10414         return DoesNotDominateBlock;
10415       if (D == DominatesBlock)
10416         Proper = false;
10417     }
10418     return Proper ? ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
10419   }
10420   case scUDivExpr: {
10421     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
10422     const SCEV *LHS = UDiv->getLHS(), *RHS = UDiv->getRHS();
10423     BlockDisposition LD = getBlockDisposition(LHS, BB);
10424     if (LD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
10425       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
10426     BlockDisposition RD = getBlockDisposition(RHS, BB);
10427     if (RD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
10428       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
10429     return (LD == ProperlyDominatesBlock && RD == ProperlyDominatesBlock) ?
10430       ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
10431   }
10432   case scUnknown:
10433     if (Instruction *I =
10434           dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) {
10435       if (I->getParent() == BB)
10436         return DominatesBlock;
10437       if (DT.properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB))
10438         return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
10439       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
10440     }
10441     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
10442   case scCouldNotCompute:
10443     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
10444   }
10445   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
10446 }
10447 
10448 bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
10449   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) >= DominatesBlock;
10450 }
10451 
10452 bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
10453   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) == ProperlyDominatesBlock;
10454 }
10455 
10456 bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *Op) const {
10457   return SCEVExprContains(S, [&](const SCEV *Expr) { return Expr == Op; });
10458 }
10459 
10460 void ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(const SCEV *S) {
10461   ValuesAtScopes.erase(S);
10462   LoopDispositions.erase(S);
10463   BlockDispositions.erase(S);
10464   UnsignedRanges.erase(S);
10465   SignedRanges.erase(S);
10466   ExprValueMap.erase(S);
10467   HasRecMap.erase(S);
10468   MinTrailingZerosCache.erase(S);
10469 
10470   auto RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap =
10471       [S, this](DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo> &Map) {
10472         for (auto I = Map.begin(), E = Map.end(); I != E;) {
10473           BackedgeTakenInfo &BEInfo = I->second;
10474           if (BEInfo.hasOperand(S, this)) {
10475             BEInfo.clear();
10476             Map.erase(I++);
10477           } else
10478             ++I;
10479         }
10480       };
10481 
10482   RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap(BackedgeTakenCounts);
10483   RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap(PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts);
10484 }
10485 
10486 void ScalarEvolution::verify() const {
10487   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
10488   ScalarEvolution SE2(F, TLI, AC, DT, LI);
10489 
10490   SmallVector<Loop *, 8> LoopStack(LI.begin(), LI.end());
10491 
10492   // Map's SCEV expressions from one ScalarEvolution "universe" to another.
10493   struct SCEVMapper : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper> {
10494     const SCEV *visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Constant) {
10495       return SE.getConstant(Constant->getAPInt());
10496     }
10497     const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
10498       return SE.getUnknown(Expr->getValue());
10499     }
10500 
10501     const SCEV *visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Expr) {
10502       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10503     }
10504     SCEVMapper(ScalarEvolution &SE) : SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper>(SE) {}
10505   };
10506 
10507   SCEVMapper SCM(SE2);
10508 
10509   while (!LoopStack.empty()) {
10510     auto *L = LoopStack.pop_back_val();
10511     LoopStack.insert(LoopStack.end(), L->begin(), L->end());
10512 
10513     auto *CurBECount = SCM.visit(
10514         const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this)->getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
10515     auto *NewBECount = SE2.getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
10516 
10517     if (CurBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute() ||
10518         NewBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute()) {
10519       // NB! This situation is legal, but is very suspicious -- whatever pass
10520       // change the loop to make a trip count go from could not compute to
10521       // computable or vice-versa *should have* invalidated SCEV.  However, we
10522       // choose not to assert here (for now) since we don't want false
10523       // positives.
10524       continue;
10525     }
10526 
10527     if (containsUndefs(CurBECount) || containsUndefs(NewBECount)) {
10528       // SCEV treats "undef" as an unknown but consistent value (i.e. it does
10529       // not propagate undef aggressively).  This means we can (and do) fail
10530       // verification in cases where a transform makes the trip count of a loop
10531       // go from "undef" to "undef+1" (say).  The transform is fine, since in
10532       // both cases the loop iterates "undef" times, but SCEV thinks we
10533       // increased the trip count of the loop by 1 incorrectly.
10534       continue;
10535     }
10536 
10537     if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) >
10538         SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
10539       NewBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(NewBECount, CurBECount->getType());
10540     else if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) <
10541              SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
10542       CurBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(CurBECount, NewBECount->getType());
10543 
10544     auto *ConstantDelta =
10545         dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SE2.getMinusSCEV(CurBECount, NewBECount));
10546 
10547     if (ConstantDelta && ConstantDelta->getAPInt() != 0) {
10548       dbgs() << "Trip Count Changed!\n";
10549       dbgs() << "Old: " << *CurBECount << "\n";
10550       dbgs() << "New: " << *NewBECount << "\n";
10551       dbgs() << "Delta: " << *ConstantDelta << "\n";
10552       std::abort();
10553     }
10554   }
10555 }
10556 
10557 bool ScalarEvolution::invalidate(
10558     Function &F, const PreservedAnalyses &PA,
10559     FunctionAnalysisManager::Invalidator &Inv) {
10560   // Invalidate the ScalarEvolution object whenever it isn't preserved or one
10561   // of its dependencies is invalidated.
10562   auto PAC = PA.getChecker<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>();
10563   return !(PAC.preserved() || PAC.preservedSet<AllAnalysesOn<Function>>()) ||
10564          Inv.invalidate<AssumptionAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
10565          Inv.invalidate<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
10566          Inv.invalidate<LoopAnalysis>(F, PA);
10567 }
10568 
10569 AnalysisKey ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::Key;
10570 
10571 ScalarEvolution ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::run(Function &F,
10572                                              FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
10573   return ScalarEvolution(F, AM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F),
10574                          AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F),
10575                          AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F),
10576                          AM.getResult<LoopAnalysis>(F));
10577 }
10578 
10579 PreservedAnalyses
10580 ScalarEvolutionPrinterPass::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
10581   AM.getResult<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F).print(OS);
10582   return PreservedAnalyses::all();
10583 }
10584 
10585 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
10586                       "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
10587 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
10588 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfoWrapperPass)
10589 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
10590 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass)
10591 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
10592                     "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
10593 char ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ID = 0;
10594 
10595 ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass() : FunctionPass(ID) {
10596   initializeScalarEvolutionWrapperPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
10597 }
10598 
10599 bool ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
10600   SE.reset(new ScalarEvolution(
10601       F, getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(),
10602       getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F),
10603       getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(),
10604       getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo()));
10605   return false;
10606 }
10607 
10608 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::releaseMemory() { SE.reset(); }
10609 
10610 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const {
10611   SE->print(OS);
10612 }
10613 
10614 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::verifyAnalysis() const {
10615   if (!VerifySCEV)
10616     return;
10617 
10618   SE->verify();
10619 }
10620 
10621 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
10622   AU.setPreservesAll();
10623   AU.addRequiredTransitive<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
10624   AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
10625   AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
10626   AU.addRequiredTransitive<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
10627 }
10628 
10629 const SCEVPredicate *
10630 ScalarEvolution::getEqualPredicate(const SCEVUnknown *LHS,
10631                                    const SCEVConstant *RHS) {
10632   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
10633   // Unique this node based on the arguments
10634   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Equal);
10635   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
10636   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
10637   void *IP = nullptr;
10638   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
10639     return S;
10640   SCEVEqualPredicate *Eq = new (SCEVAllocator)
10641       SCEVEqualPredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), LHS, RHS);
10642   UniquePreds.InsertNode(Eq, IP);
10643   return Eq;
10644 }
10645 
10646 const SCEVPredicate *ScalarEvolution::getWrapPredicate(
10647     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
10648     SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
10649   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
10650   // Unique this node based on the arguments
10651   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Wrap);
10652   ID.AddPointer(AR);
10653   ID.AddInteger(AddedFlags);
10654   void *IP = nullptr;
10655   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
10656     return S;
10657   auto *OF = new (SCEVAllocator)
10658       SCEVWrapPredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), AR, AddedFlags);
10659   UniquePreds.InsertNode(OF, IP);
10660   return OF;
10661 }
10662 
10663 namespace {
10664 
10665 class SCEVPredicateRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPredicateRewriter> {
10666 public:
10667   /// Rewrites \p S in the context of a loop L and the SCEV predication
10668   /// infrastructure.
10669   ///
10670   /// If \p Pred is non-null, the SCEV expression is rewritten to respect the
10671   /// equivalences present in \p Pred.
10672   ///
10673   /// If \p NewPreds is non-null, rewrite is free to add further predicates to
10674   /// \p NewPreds such that the result will be an AddRecExpr.
10675   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
10676                              SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
10677                              SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred) {
10678     SCEVPredicateRewriter Rewriter(L, SE, NewPreds, Pred);
10679     return Rewriter.visit(S);
10680   }
10681 
10682   SCEVPredicateRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
10683                         SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
10684                         SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred)
10685       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), NewPreds(NewPreds), Pred(Pred), L(L) {}
10686 
10687   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
10688     if (Pred) {
10689       auto ExprPreds = Pred->getPredicatesForExpr(Expr);
10690       for (auto *Pred : ExprPreds)
10691         if (const auto *IPred = dyn_cast<SCEVEqualPredicate>(Pred))
10692           if (IPred->getLHS() == Expr)
10693             return IPred->getRHS();
10694     }
10695 
10696     return Expr;
10697   }
10698 
10699   const SCEV *visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Expr) {
10700     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
10701     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
10702     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
10703       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nuw
10704       // flag. Add the nusw flag as an assumption that we could make.
10705       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
10706       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
10707       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW))
10708         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
10709                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
10710                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
10711     }
10712     return SE.getZeroExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
10713   }
10714 
10715   const SCEV *visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Expr) {
10716     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
10717     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
10718     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
10719       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nsw
10720       // flag. Add the nssw flag as an assumption that we could make.
10721       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
10722       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
10723       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW))
10724         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
10725                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
10726                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
10727     }
10728     return SE.getSignExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
10729   }
10730 
10731 private:
10732   bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
10733                              SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
10734     auto *A = SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, AddedFlags);
10735     if (!NewPreds) {
10736       // Check if we've already made this assumption.
10737       return Pred && Pred->implies(A);
10738     }
10739     NewPreds->insert(A);
10740     return true;
10741   }
10742 
10743   SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds;
10744   SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred;
10745   const Loop *L;
10746 };
10747 } // end anonymous namespace
10748 
10749 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::rewriteUsingPredicate(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
10750                                                    SCEVUnionPredicate &Preds) {
10751   return SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, nullptr, &Preds);
10752 }
10753 
10754 const SCEVAddRecExpr *ScalarEvolution::convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(
10755     const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
10756     SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &Preds) {
10757 
10758   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> TransformPreds;
10759   S = SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, &TransformPreds, nullptr);
10760   auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
10761 
10762   if (!AddRec)
10763     return nullptr;
10764 
10765   // Since the transformation was successful, we can now transfer the SCEV
10766   // predicates.
10767   for (auto *P : TransformPreds)
10768     Preds.insert(P);
10769 
10770   return AddRec;
10771 }
10772 
10773 /// SCEV predicates
10774 SCEVPredicate::SCEVPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
10775                              SCEVPredicateKind Kind)
10776     : FastID(ID), Kind(Kind) {}
10777 
10778 SCEVEqualPredicate::SCEVEqualPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
10779                                        const SCEVUnknown *LHS,
10780                                        const SCEVConstant *RHS)
10781     : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Equal), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS) {}
10782 
10783 bool SCEVEqualPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
10784   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVEqualPredicate>(N);
10785 
10786   if (!Op)
10787     return false;
10788 
10789   return Op->LHS == LHS && Op->RHS == RHS;
10790 }
10791 
10792 bool SCEVEqualPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const { return false; }
10793 
10794 const SCEV *SCEVEqualPredicate::getExpr() const { return LHS; }
10795 
10796 void SCEVEqualPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
10797   OS.indent(Depth) << "Equal predicate: " << *LHS << " == " << *RHS << "\n";
10798 }
10799 
10800 SCEVWrapPredicate::SCEVWrapPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
10801                                      const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
10802                                      IncrementWrapFlags Flags)
10803     : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Wrap), AR(AR), Flags(Flags) {}
10804 
10805 const SCEV *SCEVWrapPredicate::getExpr() const { return AR; }
10806 
10807 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
10808   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVWrapPredicate>(N);
10809 
10810   return Op && Op->AR == AR && setFlags(Flags, Op->Flags) == Flags;
10811 }
10812 
10813 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
10814   SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScevFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
10815   IncrementWrapFlags IFlags = Flags;
10816 
10817   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(ScevFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == ScevFlags)
10818     IFlags = clearFlags(IFlags, IncrementNSSW);
10819 
10820   return IFlags == IncrementAnyWrap;
10821 }
10822 
10823 void SCEVWrapPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
10824   OS.indent(Depth) << *getExpr() << " Added Flags: ";
10825   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW & getFlags())
10826     OS << "<nusw>";
10827   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW & getFlags())
10828     OS << "<nssw>";
10829   OS << "\n";
10830 }
10831 
10832 SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags
10833 SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
10834                                    ScalarEvolution &SE) {
10835   IncrementWrapFlags ImpliedFlags = IncrementAnyWrap;
10836   SCEV::NoWrapFlags StaticFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
10837 
10838   // We can safely transfer the NSW flag as NSSW.
10839   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == StaticFlags)
10840     ImpliedFlags = IncrementNSSW;
10841 
10842   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNUW) == StaticFlags) {
10843     // If the increment is positive, the SCEV NUW flag will also imply the
10844     // WrapPredicate NUSW flag.
10845     if (const auto *Step = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE)))
10846       if (Step->getValue()->getValue().isNonNegative())
10847         ImpliedFlags = setFlags(ImpliedFlags, IncrementNUSW);
10848   }
10849 
10850   return ImpliedFlags;
10851 }
10852 
10853 /// Union predicates don't get cached so create a dummy set ID for it.
10854 SCEVUnionPredicate::SCEVUnionPredicate()
10855     : SCEVPredicate(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(nullptr, 0), P_Union) {}
10856 
10857 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
10858   return all_of(Preds,
10859                 [](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->isAlwaysTrue(); });
10860 }
10861 
10862 ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *>
10863 SCEVUnionPredicate::getPredicatesForExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
10864   auto I = SCEVToPreds.find(Expr);
10865   if (I == SCEVToPreds.end())
10866     return ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *>();
10867   return I->second;
10868 }
10869 
10870 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
10871   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N))
10872     return all_of(Set->Preds,
10873                   [this](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return this->implies(I); });
10874 
10875   auto ScevPredsIt = SCEVToPreds.find(N->getExpr());
10876   if (ScevPredsIt == SCEVToPreds.end())
10877     return false;
10878   auto &SCEVPreds = ScevPredsIt->second;
10879 
10880   return any_of(SCEVPreds,
10881                 [N](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->implies(N); });
10882 }
10883 
10884 const SCEV *SCEVUnionPredicate::getExpr() const { return nullptr; }
10885 
10886 void SCEVUnionPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
10887   for (auto Pred : Preds)
10888     Pred->print(OS, Depth);
10889 }
10890 
10891 void SCEVUnionPredicate::add(const SCEVPredicate *N) {
10892   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N)) {
10893     for (auto Pred : Set->Preds)
10894       add(Pred);
10895     return;
10896   }
10897 
10898   if (implies(N))
10899     return;
10900 
10901   const SCEV *Key = N->getExpr();
10902   assert(Key && "Only SCEVUnionPredicate doesn't have an "
10903                 " associated expression!");
10904 
10905   SCEVToPreds[Key].push_back(N);
10906   Preds.push_back(N);
10907 }
10908 
10909 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &SE,
10910                                                      Loop &L)
10911     : SE(SE), L(L), Generation(0), BackedgeCount(nullptr) {}
10912 
10913 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
10914   const SCEV *Expr = SE.getSCEV(V);
10915   RewriteEntry &Entry = RewriteMap[Expr];
10916 
10917   // If we already have an entry and the version matches, return it.
10918   if (Entry.second && Generation == Entry.first)
10919     return Entry.second;
10920 
10921   // We found an entry but it's stale. Rewrite the stale entry
10922   // according to the current predicate.
10923   if (Entry.second)
10924     Expr = Entry.second;
10925 
10926   const SCEV *NewSCEV = SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Expr, &L, Preds);
10927   Entry = {Generation, NewSCEV};
10928 
10929   return NewSCEV;
10930 }
10931 
10932 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount() {
10933   if (!BackedgeCount) {
10934     SCEVUnionPredicate BackedgePred;
10935     BackedgeCount = SE.getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(&L, BackedgePred);
10936     addPredicate(BackedgePred);
10937   }
10938   return BackedgeCount;
10939 }
10940 
10941 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::addPredicate(const SCEVPredicate &Pred) {
10942   if (Preds.implies(&Pred))
10943     return;
10944   Preds.add(&Pred);
10945   updateGeneration();
10946 }
10947 
10948 const SCEVUnionPredicate &PredicatedScalarEvolution::getUnionPredicate() const {
10949   return Preds;
10950 }
10951 
10952 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::updateGeneration() {
10953   // If the generation number wrapped recompute everything.
10954   if (++Generation == 0) {
10955     for (auto &II : RewriteMap) {
10956       const SCEV *Rewritten = II.second.second;
10957       II.second = {Generation, SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Rewritten, &L, Preds)};
10958     }
10959   }
10960 }
10961 
10962 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::setNoOverflow(
10963     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
10964   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
10965   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
10966 
10967   auto ImpliedFlags = SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE);
10968 
10969   // Clear the statically implied flags.
10970   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, ImpliedFlags);
10971   addPredicate(*SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, Flags));
10972 
10973   auto II = FlagsMap.insert({V, Flags});
10974   if (!II.second)
10975     II.first->second = SCEVWrapPredicate::setFlags(Flags, II.first->second);
10976 }
10977 
10978 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::hasNoOverflow(
10979     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
10980   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
10981   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
10982 
10983   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(
10984       Flags, SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE));
10985 
10986   auto II = FlagsMap.find(V);
10987 
10988   if (II != FlagsMap.end())
10989     Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, II->second);
10990 
10991   return Flags == SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementAnyWrap;
10992 }
10993 
10994 const SCEVAddRecExpr *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getAsAddRec(Value *V) {
10995   const SCEV *Expr = this->getSCEV(V);
10996   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> NewPreds;
10997   auto *New = SE.convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(Expr, &L, NewPreds);
10998 
10999   if (!New)
11000     return nullptr;
11001 
11002   for (auto *P : NewPreds)
11003     Preds.add(P);
11004 
11005   updateGeneration();
11006   RewriteMap[SE.getSCEV(V)] = {Generation, New};
11007   return New;
11008 }
11009 
11010 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(
11011     const PredicatedScalarEvolution &Init)
11012     : RewriteMap(Init.RewriteMap), SE(Init.SE), L(Init.L), Preds(Init.Preds),
11013       Generation(Init.Generation), BackedgeCount(Init.BackedgeCount) {
11014   for (const auto &I : Init.FlagsMap)
11015     FlagsMap.insert(I);
11016 }
11017 
11018 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11019   // For each block.
11020   for (auto *BB : L.getBlocks())
11021     for (auto &I : *BB) {
11022       if (!SE.isSCEVable(I.getType()))
11023         continue;
11024 
11025       auto *Expr = SE.getSCEV(&I);
11026       auto II = RewriteMap.find(Expr);
11027 
11028       if (II == RewriteMap.end())
11029         continue;
11030 
11031       // Don't print things that are not interesting.
11032       if (II->second.second == Expr)
11033         continue;
11034 
11035       OS.indent(Depth) << "[PSE]" << I << ":\n";
11036       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << *Expr << "\n";
11037       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << "--> " << *II->second.second << "\n";
11038     }
11039 }
11040